SEC Info  
    Home      Search      My Interests      Help      Sign In      Please Sign In

iHeartCommunications, Inc. – ‘10-K’ for 12/31/06

On:  Thursday, 3/1/07, at 1:05pm ET   ·   For:  12/31/06   ·   Accession #:  950134-7-4539   ·   File #:  1-09645

Previous ‘10-K’:  ‘10-K’ on 3/10/06 for 12/31/05   ·   Next:  ‘10-K’ on 2/14/08 for 12/31/07   ·   Latest:  ‘10-K’ on 5/3/18 for 12/31/17   ·   5 References:   

Find Words in Filings emoji
 
  in    Show  and   Hints

  As Of                Filer                Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size              Issuer               Agent

 3/01/07  iHeartCommunications, Inc.        10-K       12/31/06    9:1.3M                                   RR Donnelley

Annual Report   —   Form 10-K
Filing Table of Contents

Document/Exhibit                   Description                      Pages   Size 

 1: 10-K        Annual Report                                       HTML   1.06M 
 2: EX-11       Statement Re: Computation of Per Share Earnings     HTML     17K 
 3: EX-12       Statement Re: Computation of Ratios                 HTML     19K 
 4: EX-21       Subsidiaries                                        HTML     57K 
 5: EX-23.1     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP                        HTML     15K 
 6: EX-31.1     Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302        HTML     12K 
 7: EX-31.2     Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302        HTML     12K 
 8: EX-32.1     Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906        HTML      9K 
 9: EX-32.2     Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906        HTML      9K 


10-K   —   Annual Report
Document Table of Contents

Page (sequential) | (alphabetic) Top
 
11st Page   -   Filing Submission
"Table of Contents
"Part I
"Item 1. Business
"Item 1A. Risk Factors
"Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
"Item 2. Properties
"Item 3. Legal Proceedings
"Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
"Part Ii
"Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
"Item 6. Selected Financial Data
"Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
"Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
"Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
"Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
"Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
"Item 9B. Other Information
"Part Iii
"Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
"Item 11. Executive Compensation
"Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
"Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
"Item 14 Principal Accountant Fees and Services
"Part Iv
"Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

This is an HTML Document rendered as filed.  [ Alternative Formats ]



  e10vk  

Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 10-K
     
þ   Annual report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006,
or
     
o   Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     .
Commission File Number
1-9645
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Texas   74-1787539
(State of Incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
200 East Basse Road
San Antonio, Texas 78209
Telephone (210) 822-2828
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.10 par value per share   New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES þ NO o
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES o NO þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ NO o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). YES o NO þ
As of June 30, 2006, the aggregate market value of the Common Stock beneficially held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $10.0 billion based on the closing sale price as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. (For purposes hereof, directors, executive officers and 10% or greater shareholders have been deemed affiliates).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerate filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer þ          Accelerated filer o          Non-accelerated filer o
On February 22, 2007, there were 496,173,900 outstanding shares of Common Stock, excluding 130,304 shares held in treasury.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of our Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2007 Annual Meeting, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end, are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 

 



 

CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
INDEX TO FORM 10-K
         
    Page
    Number
       
 
       
    3  
 
       
    20  
 
       
    26  
 
       
    26  
 
       
    27  
 
       
    28  
 
       
       
 
       
    29  
 
       
    30  
 
       
    32  
 
       
    53  
 
       
    54  
 
       
    94  
 
       
    95  
 
       
    96  
 
       
       
 
       
    97  
 
       
    98  
 
       
    98  
 
       
    98  
 
       
    98  
 
       
       
 
       
    99  
 Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
 Statement re: Computation of Ratios
 Subsidiaries
 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302
 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302
 Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 906
 Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 906

 



Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. Business
Agreement and Plan of Merger
     On November 16, 2006, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), with BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“Merger Sub”), B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and T Triple Crown Finco, LLC (together with B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, the “Fincos”), which provides for our recapitalization by the merger of Merger Sub with and into us. The Fincos were formed by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger Agreement and consummating the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement each share of our common stock, other than those shares (i) held in our treasury stock or owned by Merger Sub immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, (ii) held by shareholders who properly exercise their appraisal rights under Texas law, if any, and (iii) shares held by certain employees of ours who have agreed with the Fincos to convert equity securities of ours held by them into equity securities of the surviving corporation will be converted into the right to receive $37.60 in cash, without interest, and less any applicable withholding tax.
     In addition, if the Merger becomes effective (the “Effective Time”) after January 1, 2008, shareholders will also receive an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the pro rata portion, based upon the number of days elapsed since January 1, 2008, of $37.60 multiplied by 8% per annum, per share, or (ii) an amount equal to (a) our operating cash flow (as more fully described in the Merger Agreement) from January 1, 2008 through the last day of the month before the closing date, less any dividends paid or declared following that period and prior to the closing date and amounts committed or paid to purchase equity interests in us or derivatives thereof with respect to that period (to the extent that those dividends or amounts are not deducted from operating cash flow for any prior period), divided by (b) the total number of outstanding shares of our common stock, and shares underlying options with exercise prices less than the merger consideration.
     The terms of the Merger Agreement allow us to continue our policy of paying quarterly cash dividends of $0.1875 per share of our common stock through the Effective Time. However, any future decision by our board of directors to pay cash dividends will depend on, among other factors, our earnings, financial position, capital requirements and regulatory changes.
     The consummation of the merger is subject to shareholder approval, antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. We will hold a meeting on March 21, 2007 for our shareholders of record on January 22, 2007 to consider the merger. Assuming satisfaction of the closing conditions, the parties expect to close the merger during the fourth quarter of 2007.
The Company
     Clear Channel, incorporated in 1974, is a diversified media company with three reportable business segments: radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising (consisting primarily of operations in the United States, Canada and Latin America) and international outdoor advertising. On November 11, 2005, we completed the initial public offering, or IPO, of approximately 10% of the common stock of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., or CCO, comprised of our Americas and international outdoor segments. On December 21, 2005 we completed the spin-off of our former live entertainment segment, which now operates under the name Live Nation. As of December 31, 2006, we owned 1,176 radio stations and a leading national radio network operating in the United States. In addition, we had equity interests in various international radio broadcasting companies. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the radio broadcasting segment represented 52% of our total revenue. As of December 31, 2006, we also owned or operated approximately 195,000 Americas outdoor advertising display faces and approximately 717,000 international outdoor advertising display faces. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the Americas and international outdoor advertising segments represented 19% and 22% of our total revenue, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 we also owned television stations and a media representation firm, as well as other general support services and initiatives, all of which are within the category “other”. This segment represented 7% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2006. Prior to December 21, 2005, we also operated a live entertainment and sports representation business, which are reported as discontinued operations.
     On November 16, 2006, we announced plans to sell 448 of our radio stations, all located outside the top 100 U.S. media markets, as well as all of our television stations. The sale of these assets is not contingent on the closing of the Merger Agreement. Definitive asset purchase agreements were signed for 39 radio stations as of December 31, 2006. These stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, were classified as assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet and as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations.

3



Table of Contents

The closing of these radio station sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. Additionally, in connection with the Merger Agreement, we may be required to dispose of radio stations in certain markets that do not currently conform to the FCC’s market ownership rules.
     Our principal executive offices are located at 200 East Basse Road, San Antonio, Texas 78209 (telephone: 210-822-2828).
Operating Segments
     Our business consists of three reportable operating segments: radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. The radio broadcasting segment includes radio stations for which we are the licensee and for which we program and/or sell air time under local marketing agreements or joint sales agreements. The radio broadcasting segment also operates radio networks. Our Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of our operations primarily in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 94% of our 2006 revenues in this segment derived from the United States. Our international outdoor advertising segment consists of our advertising operations in Europe, Australia, Asia and Africa, with approximately half of our 2006 revenues in this segment derived from France and the United Kingdom. The Americas and international outdoor advertising segments include advertising display faces which we own or operate under lease management agreements. We also own television stations and a media representation business.
     Information relating to the operating segments of our radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004 is included in “Note O — Segment Data” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 included elsewhere in this Report.
Company Strategy
Utilize media assets to serve the needs of local communities
     Our strategy is to serve the needs of the local communities in which we operate by using our media assets to provide products and services on a local, regional and national level and to be a contributing member of the communities in which we operate. We believe that by serving the needs of local communities, we will be able to grow revenues and earnings, creating economic value that will ultimately be translated into value for our shareholders.
Provide compelling content on our media assets
     We are trusted with public radio and television airwaves. This trust requires our constant focus and determination to deliver the best product in order to attract listeners and viewers. We attract listeners and viewers by providing compelling musical, news and information content on our stations. We conduct research to determine what listeners and viewers want and deliver it to them on a continuous basis. We strive to maintain compelling programming to create listener and viewer loyalty. In addition, we bring content to our outdoor business to make our displays interesting and informative for consumers.
Provide diverse product mix to assist clients in selling their products and services
     We believe one measure of our success is how well we assist our clients in selling their products and services. To this end, we offer advertisers a geographically diverse platform of media assets designed to provide the most efficient and cost-effective means to reach consumers. Our entrepreneurial managers work creatively and expertly to help our clients, at all levels, market their goods and services. If we are successful helping advertisers and sponsors reach their consumers, we believe we will gain their continued business and long-term commitments. Those commitments build our revenue and ultimately build value for our shareholders.
Maintain an entrepreneurial culture
     We maintain an entrepreneurial and customer-oriented culture by empowering local market managers to operate their businesses as separate profit centers, subject to centralized oversight. A portion of our managers’ compensation is dependent upon the financial success of their individual business units. This culture motivates local market managers to maximize our cash flow from operations by providing high quality service to our clients and seeking innovative ways to deploy capital to further grow their businesses. Our managers also have full access to our extensive centralized resources, including sales training, research tools, shared best practices, global procurement and financial and legal support.
Pursue strategic opportunities
     We evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business and may from time to

4



Table of Contents

time purchase or sell assets or businesses. On November 16, 2006, we agreed to be acquired by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. The transaction is subject to shareholder approval, antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. On November 16, 2006, we also announced plans to sell 448 of our radio stations as well as all of our television stations. The closing of these radio and television station sales will be subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions.
Radio Broadcasting (52%, 53%, 56% of our revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively)
Strategy and Business Strengths
     Our radio strategy centers on providing programming and services to the local communities in which we operate. By providing listeners with programming that is compelling, we are able to provide advertisers with an effective platform to reach their consumers. Our radio strategy also entails improving the ongoing operations of our stations through effective programming, reduction of costs and aggressive promotion, marketing and sales. Our broad programming and content across our geographically diverse portfolio of radio stations allows us to deliver targeted messages for specific audiences to advertisers on a local, regional and national basis. We believe owning multiple radio stations in a market allows us to provide our listeners with a more diverse programming selection and a more efficient means for our advertisers to reach those listeners. By owning multiple stations in a market, we are also able to operate our stations with more highly skilled local management teams and eliminate duplicative operating and overhead expenses.
Sources of Revenue
     Most of our radio broadcasting revenue is generated from the sale of local and national advertising. Additional revenue is generated from network compensation, internet generated revenue, air traffic generated revenue, event generated revenue, barter and other miscellaneous transactions. Our radio stations employ various formats for their programming. A station’s format can be important in determining the size and characteristics of its listening audience. Advertising rates charged by a radio station are based primarily on the station’s ability to attract audiences having certain demographic characteristics in the market area that advertisers want to reach, as well as the number of stations and other advertising media competing in the market and the relative demand for radio in any given market.
     Advertising rates generally are the highest during morning and evening drive-time hours. Depending on the format of a particular station, there are certain numbers of advertisements that are broadcast each hour. We determine the number of advertisements broadcast hourly that can maximize available revenue dollars without jeopardizing listening levels.
Competition
     We compete in our respective markets for audience, advertising revenues and programming with other radio stations owned by companies such as CBS, Cox Radio, Entercom and Radio One. We also compete with other advertising media, including satellite radio, television, newspapers, outdoor advertising, direct mail, cable television, yellow pages, the Internet, wireless media alternatives, cellular phones and other forms of advertisement.
Radio Stations
     As of December 31, 2006, we owned 356 AM and 820 FM domestic radio stations, of which 150 stations were in the top 25 U.S. markets according to the Arbitron rankings as of December 31, 2006. Included in the 1,176 radio stations owned or operated by us are 7 stations that were sold in 2007 and 77 stations for which we have definitive asset purchase agreements with third party buyers as of February 22 , 2007. In addition, we currently own equity interests in various international radio broadcasting companies located in Australia, New Zealand and Mexico, which we account for under the equity method of accounting. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our radio broadcasting stations.

5



Table of Contents

         
        Number
    Market   of
Market   Rank*   Stations
New York, NY
  1   5
Los Angeles, CA
  2   8
Chicago, IL
  3   6
San Francisco, CA
  4   7
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
  5   6
Philadelphia, PA
  6   6
Houston-Galveston, TX
  7   8
Washington, DC
  8   8
Detroit, MI
  9   7
Atlanta, GA
  10   6
Boston, MA
  11   4
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL
  12   7
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
  14   5
Phoenix, AZ
  15   8
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
  16   7
San Diego, CA
  17   8
Nassau-Suffolk (Long Island), NY
  18   2
Tampa-St. Petersburg-Clearwater, FL
  19   8
St. Louis, MO
  20   6
Baltimore, MD
  21   3
Denver-Boulder, CO
  22   8
Pittsburgh, PA
  23   6
Portland, OR
  24   5
Cleveland, OH
  25   6
Sacramento, CA
  26   4
Riverside-San Bernardino, CA
  27   5
Cincinnati, OH
  28   8
San Antonio, TX
  30   6
Salt Lake City-Ogden-Provo, UT
  31   6
Las Vegas, NV
  32   4
Milwaukee-Racine, WI
  33   6
San Jose, CA
  34   3
Charlotte-Gastonia-Rock Hill, NC-SC
  35   5
Providence-Warwick-Pawtucket, RI
  36   4
Orlando, FL
  37   7
Columbus, OH
  38   5
Norfolk-Virginia Beach-Newport News, VA
  40   4
Indianapolis, IN
  41   3
Austin, TX
  42   6
Raleigh-Durham, NC
  43   4
Nashville, TN
  44   5
Greensboro-Winston Salem-High Point, NC
  45   5
West Palm Beach-Boca Raton, FL
  46   7
New Orleans, LA
  47   7
Jacksonville, FL
  48   7
 
       
Memphis, TN
  49   6
 
       
Hartford-New Britain-Middletown, CT
  50   5
Oklahoma City, OK   53   5
Rochester, NY   54   7
Louisville, KY   55   8
Richmond, VA   56   6
Birmingham, AL   57   5
Dayton, OH   58   8
McAllen-Brownsville-Harlingen, TX   59   5
Greenville-Spartanburg, SC   60   6
Tucson, AZ   61   7
Albany-Schenectady-Troy, NY   62   7
Honolulu, HI   63   7
Ft. Myers-Naples-Marco Island, FL   64   4
Tulsa, OK   65   6
Fresno, CA   66   8
Grand Rapids, MI   67   7
Allentown-Bethlehem, PA   68   4
Albuquerque, NM   70   8
Omaha-Council Bluffs, NE-IA   72   5
Akron, OH   73   5
Sarasota-Bradenton, FL   74   6
Wilmington, DE   75   2
El Paso, TX   76   5
Syracuse, NY   77   7
Harrisburg-Lebanon-Carlisle, PA   78   6
Monterey-Salinas-Santa Cruz, CA   79   5
Bakersfield, CA   81   6
Springfield, MA   82   4
Baton Rouge, LA   83   6
Toledo, OH   84   6
Little Rock, AR   85   5
Charleston, SC   88   6
Columbia, SC   90   6
Des Moines, IA   91   5
Spokane, WA   92   6
Mobile, AL   93   5
Melbourne-Titusville-Cocoa, FL   94   4
Wichita, KS   95   4
Madison, WI   96   6
Colorado Springs, CO   97   4
Ft. Pierce-Stuart-Vero Beach, FL   100   5
Various U.S. Cities   101-150   150
Various U.S. Cities   151-200   132
Various U.S. Cities   201-250   132
Various U.S. Cities   251+   99
Various U.S. Cities   unranked   164
       
Total (a) (b)       1,176
       
         
 
*   Per Arbitron Rankings as of December 31, 2006
(a)   Excluded from the 1,176 radio stations owned or operated by us are 8 radio stations programmed pursuant to a

6



Table of Contents

      local marketing agreement or shared services agreement (FCC licenses not owned by us) and 1 Mexican radio station that we provide programming to and sell airtime under exclusive sales agency arrangements. Also excluded are radio stations in Australia, New Zealand and Mexico. We own a 50%, 50% and 40% equity interest in companies that have radio broadcasting operations in these markets, respectively.
 
(b)   Included in the 1,176 radio stations owned or operated by us are 7 stations that were sold in 2007 and 77 stations for which we have definitive asset purchase agreements with third party buyers as of February 22, 2007. The sale of these stations is not contingent on the closing of our Merger Agreement.
Radio Networks
     In addition to radio stations, our radio broadcasting segment includes a national radio network that produces or distributes more than 70 syndicated radio programs and services for more than 5,000 radio station affiliations. Some of our more popular radio programs include Rush Limbaugh, Delilah and Bob and Tom Show. We also own various sports, news and agriculture networks serving Alabama, Virginia, Florida, Oklahoma, Georgia, Ohio, Iowa and Kentucky.
Outdoor Advertising
Strategy and Business Strengths
     We seek to capitalize on our global network and diversified product mix to maximize revenues and increase profits. We believe we can increase our operating margins by spreading our fixed investment costs over our broad asset base. In addition, by sharing best practices from both the Americas and internationally, we believe we can quickly and effectively replicate our successes throughout the markets in which we operate. We believe that our diversified product mix and long-standing presence in many of our existing markets provide us with the platform necessary to launch new products and test new initiatives in a reliable and cost-effective manner.
     We seek to enhance revenue opportunities by focusing on specific initiatives that highlight the value of outdoor advertising relative to other media. We have made and continue to make significant investments in research tools that enable our clients to better understand how our displays can successfully reach their target audiences and promote their advertising campaigns. Also, we are working closely with clients, advertising agencies and other diversified media companies to develop more sophisticated systems that will provide improved demographic measurements of outdoor advertising. We believe that these measurement systems will further enhance the attractiveness of outdoor advertising for both existing clients and new advertisers.
     We continue to focus on achieving operating efficiencies throughout our global network. For example, in most of our U.S. markets, we have been transitioning our compensation programs in our operations departments from hourly-wage scales to productivity-based programs. We have decreased operating costs and capital needs by introducing energy-saving lighting systems and innovative processes for changing advertising copy on our displays. Additionally, in certain heavy storm areas, we have converted large format billboards to sectionless panels that face less wind resistance, reducing our weather-related losses in such areas.
     We believe that customer service is critical, and we have made significant commitments to provide innovative services to our clients. For example, we provide our U.S. clients with online access to information about our inventory, including pictures, locations and other pertinent display data that is helpful in their buying decisions. Additionally, in the United States we recently introduced a service guaranty in which we have committed to specific monitoring and reporting services to provide greater accountability and enhance customer satisfaction. We also introduced a proprietary online proof-of-performance system that is an additional tool our clients may use to measure our accountability. This system provides our clients with information about the dates on which their advertising copy is installed or removed from any display in their advertising program.
     Advances in electronic displays, including flat screens, LCDs and LEDs, as well as corresponding reductions in costs, allow us to provide these technologies as alternatives to traditional methods of displaying our clients’ advertisements. These electronic displays may be linked through centralized computer systems to instantaneously and simultaneously change static advertisements on a large number of displays. We believe that these capabilities will allow us to transition from selling space on a display to a single advertiser to selling time on that display to multiple advertisers. We believe this transition will create new advertising opportunities for our existing clients and will attract new advertisers, such as certain retailers that desire to change advertisements frequently and on short notice. For example, these technologies will allow retailers to promote weekend sales with the flexibility during the sales to make multiple changes to the advertised products and prices.

7



Table of Contents

Competition
     The outdoor advertising industry is fragmented, consisting of several larger companies involved in outdoor advertising such as CBS, JC Decaux S.A. and Lamar Advertising Company as well as numerous smaller and local companies operating a limited number of display faces in a single or a few local markets. We also compete with other media in our respective markets including broadcast and cable television, radio, print media, the Internet and direct mail.
Outdoor Advertising — Americas (19%, 18%, 16% of our revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively)
Sources of Revenue
     Outdoor advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays, with billboards contributing approximately 70% of our 2006 Americas revenues. The margins on our billboard contracts also tend to be higher than those on contracts for other displays.
Billboards
     Our billboard inventory primarily includes bulletins and posters.
    Bulletins
 
      Bulletins vary in size, with the most common size being 14 feet high by 48 feet wide. Almost all of the advertising copy displayed on bulletins is computer printed on vinyl and transported to the bulletin where it is secured to the display surface. Because of their greater size and impact, we typically receive our highest rates for bulletins. Bulletins generally are located along major expressways, primary commuting routes and main intersections that are highly visible and heavily trafficked. Our clients may contract for individual bulletins or a network of bulletins, meaning the clients’ advertisements are rotated among bulletins to increase the reach of the campaign. “Reach’’ is the percent of a target audience exposed to an advertising message at least once during a specified period of time, typically during a period of four weeks. Our client contracts for bulletins generally have terms ranging from one month to one year.
 
    Posters
 
      Posters are available in two sizes, 30-sheet and 8-sheet displays. The 30-sheet posters are approximately 11 feet high by 23 feet wide, and the eight-sheet posters are approximately 5 feet high by 11 feet wide. Advertising copy for posters is printed using silk-screen or lithographic processes to transfer the designs onto paper that is then transported and secured to the poster surfaces. Posters generally are located in commercial areas on primary and secondary routes near point-of-purchase locations, facilitating advertising campaigns with greater demographic targeting than those displayed on bulletins. Our poster rates typically are less than our bulletin rates, and our client contracts for posters generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year. Two types of posters are premiere panels and squares. Premiere displays are innovative hybrids between bulletins and posters that we developed to provide our clients with an alternative for their targeted marketing campaigns. The premiere displays utilize one or more poster panels, but with vinyl advertising stretched over the panels similar to bulletins. Our intent is to combine the creative impact of bulletins with the additional reach and frequency of posters. “Frequency’’ is the average number of exposures an individual has to an advertising message during a specified period of time. Out-of-home frequency is typically measured over a four-week period.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our street furniture displays, marketed under our global AdshelTM brand, are advertising surfaces on bus shelters, information kiosks, public toilets, freestanding units and other public structures, and primarily are located in major metropolitan cities and along major commuting routes. Generally, we own the street furniture structures and are responsible for their construction and maintenance. Contracts for the right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising space on them are awarded by municipal and transit authorities in competitive bidding processes governed by local law. Generally, these contracts have terms ranging from 10 to 20 years. As compensation for the right to sell advertising space on our street furniture structures, we pay the municipality or transit authority a fee or revenue share that is either a fixed amount or a percentage of the revenues derived from the street furniture displays. Typically, these revenue sharing arrangements include payments by us of minimum guaranteed amounts. Client contracts for street furniture displays typically have terms ranging from four weeks to one year, and, similar to billboards, may be for network packages.

8



Table of Contents

Transit Displays
     Our transit displays are advertising surfaces on various types of vehicles or within transit systems, including on the interior and exterior sides of buses, trains, trams and taxis and within the common areas of rail stations and airports. Similar to street furniture, contracts for the right to place our displays on such vehicles or within such transit systems and sell advertising space on them generally are awarded by public transit authorities in competitive bidding processes or are negotiated with private transit operators. These contracts typically have terms of up to five years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from four weeks to one year.
Other Inventory
     The balance of our display inventory consists of spectaculars, mall displays and wallscapes. Spectaculars are customized display structures that often incorporate video, multidimensional lettering and figures, mechanical devices and moving parts and other embellishments to create special effects. The majority of our spectaculars are located in Dundas Square in Toronto, Times Square and Penn Plaza in New York City, Fashion Show in Las Vegas, Sunset Strip in Los Angeles and across from the Target Center in Minneapolis. Client contracts for spectaculars typically have terms of one year or longer. We also own displays located within the common areas of malls on which our clients run advertising campaigns for periods ranging from four weeks to one year. Contracts with mall operators grant us the exclusive right to place our displays within the common areas and sell advertising on those displays. Our contracts with mall operators generally have terms ranging from five to ten years. Client contracts for mall displays typically have terms ranging from six to eight weeks. A wallscape is a display that drapes over or is suspended from the sides of buildings or other structures. Generally, wallscapes are located in high-profile areas where other types of outdoor advertising displays are limited or unavailable. Clients typically contract for individual wallscapes for extended terms.
Advertising inventory and markets
     At December 31, 2006, we owned or operated approximately 195,000 displays in our Americas outdoor segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our Americas outdoor advertising inventory, with our markets listed in order of their DMA® region ranking (DMA® is a registered trademark of Nielson Media Research, Inc.):
                                                     
DMA®                       Street            
Region       Billboards   Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays   Displays(a)   Displays
   
United States
                                               
1  
New York, NY
                                  16,715  
2  
Los Angeles, CA
                                  11,715  
3  
Chicago, IL
                        (b)           14,913  
4  
Philadelphia, PA
                                  6,944  
5  
Boston, MA (Manchester, NH)
                                    7,300  
6  
San Francisco-Oakland-San Jose, CA
                                  6,612  
7  
Dallas-Ft. Worth, TX
                                  7,038  
8  
Washington, DC (Hagerstown, MD)
                                  5,238  
9  
Atlanta, GA
                                    3,260  
10  
Houston, TX
                        (b)           4,637  
11  
Detroit, MI
                                        593  
12  
Tampa-St. Petersburg (Sarasota), FL
                                  2,178  
13  
Seattle-Tacoma, WA
                                    4,193  
14  
Phoenix, AZ
                                (b)     3,074  
15  
Minneapolis-St. Paul, MN
                                    2,678  
16  
Cleveland-Akron (Canton), OH
                                    2,303  
17  
Miami-Ft. Lauderdale, FL
                            (b)     4,702  
18  
Denver, CO
                                        794  
19  
Sacramento-Stockton-Mo desto, CA
                                  1,360  
20  
Orlando-Daytona Beach-Melbourne, FL
                                    4,964  

9



Table of Contents

                                                     
DMA®                       Street            
Region       Billboards   Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays   Displays(a)   Displays
21  
St. Louis, MO
                                        276  
22  
Pittsburgh, PA
                          (b)           651  
23  
Portland, OR
                                    1,557  
24  
Baltimore, MD
                              (b)     615  
25  
Indianapolis, IN
                                    1,973  
26  
San Diego, CA
                              (b)     1,317  
27  
Charlotte, NC
                                        390  
28  
Hartford-New Haven, CT
                                        628  
29  
Raleigh-Durham (Fayetteville), NC
                                        55  
30  
Nashville, TN
                                        361  
31  
Kansas City, KS/MO
                                        701  
32  
Columbus, OH
                                    1,765  
33  
Milwaukee, WI
                                  3,902  
34  
Cincinnati, OH
                                        429  
35  
Greenville-Spartanburg , SC- Asheville, NC-Anderson, SC
                                          82  
36  
Salt Lake City, UT
                                        63  
37  
San Antonio, TX
                        (b)     (b)     2,976  
38  
West Palm Beach-Ft. Pierce, FL
                                      503  
39  
Grand Rapids-Kalamazoo-Battl e Creek, MI
                                          55  
41  
Harrisburg-Lancaster-L ebanon-York, PA
                                          34  
42  
Norfolk-Portsmouth-New port News, VA
                                        413  
43  
New Orleans, LA
                                          1,449  
44  
Memphis, TN
                                  2,186  
45  
Oklahoma City, OK
                                          12  
46  
Albuquerque-Santa Fe, NM
                                      1,500  
47  
Greensboro-High Point-Winston Salem, NC
                                          360  
48  
Las Vegas, NV
                              (b)     12,783  
49  
Buffalo, NY
                                          465  
50  
Louisville, KY
                                        190  
51-100  
Various U.S. Cities
                        (b)     (b)     10,800  
101-150  
Various U.S. Cities
                        (b)     (b)     5,545  
151+  
Various U.S. Cities
                                        2,248  
   
Non-U.S. Markets
                                               
n/a  
Aruba
                                          1,092  
n/a  
Australia
                                          1,190  
n/a  
Barbados
                                          40  
n/a  
Brazil
                                      8,182  
n/a  
Canada
                                      4,074  
n/a  
Chile
                                        1,340  
n/a  
Costa Rica
                                          228  
n/a  
Dominican Republic
                                          199  
n/a  
Grenada
                                          119  
n/a  
Guam
                                          947  
n/a  
Jamaica
                                          133  
n/a  
Mexico
                                        5,034  

10



Table of Contents

                                                     
DMA®                       Street            
Region       Billboards   Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
Rank   Markets   Bulletins   Posters   Displays   Displays   Displays(a)   Displays
n/a  
Netherlands Antilles
                                          630  
n/a  
New Zealand
                                          1,761  
n/a  
Peru
                                  2,463  
n/a  
Saint Kitts and Nevis
                                          151  
n/a  
Saint Lucia
                                          223  
n/a  
Virgin Islands
                                          227  
   
 
                                               
   
 
                          Total Americas Displays             195,528  
   
 
                                               
 
(a)   Includes wallscapes, spectaculars and mall displays. Our inventory includes other small displays not counted as separate displays in this Annual Report since their contribution to our revenues is not material.
 
(b)   We have access to additional displays through arrangements with local advertising and other companies.
Outdoor Advertising — International (22%, 22%, 21% of our revenue in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively)
Sources of Revenue
     Outdoor advertising revenue is derived from the sale of advertising copy placed on our display inventory. Our international display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays, transit displays and other out-of-home advertising displays, such as neon displays, in approximately 50 countries worldwide, with billboards and street furniture displays collectively contributing approximately 78% of our 2006 international revenues.
Billboards
     The sizes of our international billboards are not standardized. The billboards vary in both format and size across our networks, with the majority of our international billboards being similar in size to our Americas posters (30-sheet and eight-sheet displays). Our international billboards are sold to clients as network packages with contract terms typically ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year. We lease the majority of our billboard sites from private landowners. Billboards include our spectacular and neon displays. DEFI, our international neon subsidiary, is a leading global provider of neon signs with approximately 400 displays in 15 countries worldwide. Client contracts for international neon displays typically have terms of approximately five years.
Street Furniture Displays
     Our international street furniture displays are substantially similar to their Americas counterparts, and include bus shelters, freestanding units, public toilets, various types of kiosks and benches. Internationally, contracts with municipal and transit authorities for the right to place our street furniture in the public domain and sell advertising on them typically range from 10 to 15 years. The major difference between our international and Americas street furniture businesses is in the nature of the municipal contracts. In the international outdoor advertising segment, these contracts typically require us to provide the municipality with a broader range of urban amenities such as public wastebaskets and lampposts, as well as space for the municipality to display maps or other public information. In exchange for providing such urban amenities and display space, we are authorized to sell advertising space on certain sections of the structures we erect in the public domain. Our international street furniture is typically sold to clients as network packages with contract terms ranging from one to two weeks. Long-term client contracts are also available and typically have terms of up to one year.
Transit Displays
     Our international transit display contracts are substantially similar to their Americas counterparts, and typically require us to make only a minimal initial investment and few ongoing maintenance expenditures. Contracts with public transit authorities or private transit operators typically have terms ranging from three to seven years. Our client contracts for transit displays generally have terms ranging from one week to one year, or longer.
Other International Inventory and Other Sources of Revenue
     The balance of our international display inventory and revenues consists primarily of advertising revenue from mall displays, other small displays and non-advertising revenue from sales of street furniture equipment, cleaning and maintenance services and production revenue. Internationally, our contracts with mall operators generally have terms

11



Table of Contents

ranging from five to ten years and client contracts for mall displays generally have terms ranging from one to two weeks, but are available for up to six months. Our international inventory includes other small displays that are counted as separate displays since they form a substantial part of our network and international revenues. Several of our international markets sell equipment or provide cleaning and maintenance services as part of a billboard or street furniture contract with a municipality. Production revenue relates to the production of advertising posters usually to small customers.
Advertising inventory and markets
     At December 31, 2006, we owned or operated approximately 717,000 displays in our international outdoor segment. The following table sets forth certain selected information with regard to our international outdoor advertising inventory, with our markets listed in descending order according to 2006 revenue contribution:
                                         
            Street            
            Furniture   Transit   Other   Total
International Markets   Billboards(a)   Displays   Displays(b)   Displays(c)   Displays
France
                            167,314  
United Kingdom
                            84,200  
Italy
                                55,025  
China
                            59,465  
Spain
                            33,142  
Sweden
                            110,918  
Australia/New Zealand
                                16,599  
Belgium
                            23,228  
Switzerland
                              17,424  
Norway
                              19,222  
Ireland
                                7,483  
Denmark
                            32,579  
Turkey
                            7,184  
Finland
                              44,684  
Holland
                                3,198  
Poland
                              12,599  
Baltic States/Russia
                                17,045  
Greece
                                1,193  
Singapore
                                  3,778  
India
                                747  
Germany
                                  64  
Hungary
                                  36  
Austria
                                  12  
United Arab Emirates
                                  1  
Czech Republic
                                  6  
Ukraine
                                  2  
 
                                       
 
              Total International Displays         717,148  
 
                                       
 
(a)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(b)   Includes small displays.
 
(c)   Includes mall displays and other small displays counted as separate displays in this Annual Report since they form a substantial part of our network and International revenues.

12



Table of Contents

     In addition to the displays listed above, as of December 31, 2006, we had equity investments in various out-of-home advertising companies that operate in the following markets:
                                             
                        Street        
        Equity           Furniture   Transit   Other
Market   Company   Investment   Billboards(a)   Displays   Displays   Displays(b)
Outdoor Advertising Companies
                                           
South Africa (c)
  Clear Channel                                        
 
  Independent     50.0 %                          
Italy
  Alessi     34.3 %                          
Italy
  AD Moving SpA     17.5 %                            
Hong Kong
  Buspak     50.0 %                            
Thailand
  Master & More     32.5 %                            
Belgium
  MTB     49.0 %                              
Belgium
  Streep     25.0 %                              
Denmark
  City Reklame     45.0 %                              
Other Media Companies
                                           
Norway
  CAPA     50.0 %                                
Holland
  HOA Events     49.0 %                                
 
(a)   Includes spectaculars and neon displays.
 
(b)   Includes mall displays and other small displays.
 
(c)   Clear Channel Independent is headquartered and has the majority of its operations in South Africa, but also operates in other African countries such as Angola, Botswana, Lesotho, Malawi, Mauritius, Mozambique, Namibia, Swaziland, Tanzania, Uganda and Zambia.
Other
     The other category includes our television business and our media representation firm, as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses.
Television
     On November 16, 2006 we announced plans to sell all of our television stations. As of December 31, 2006, we owned, programmed or sold airtime for 51 television stations, including 13 television stations distributed as digital multicast stations. Our television stations are affiliated with various television networks, including ABC, CBS, NBC, FOX, CW, CW100+, MyNetworkTV, Telemundo, our internally created Variety TV network and several independent, non-affiliated stations. Television revenue is generated primarily from the sale of local and national advertising. Advertising rates depend primarily on the quantitative and qualitative characteristics of the audience we can deliver to the advertiser. Our sales personnel sell local advertising, while national advertising is primarily sold by national sales representatives.
     The primary sources of programming for our ABC, NBC, CBS, FOX, CW100+ and Telemundo affiliated television stations are their respective networks, which produce and distribute programming in exchange for each station’s commitment to air the programming at specified times and for commercial announcement time during the programming. We provide another source of programming to our stations by selecting and purchasing syndicated television programs. We compete with other television stations within each market for these broadcast rights. We also provide local news programming for the majority of our television stations.
Media Representation
     We own the Katz Media Group, a full-service media representation firm that sells national spot advertising time for clients in the radio and television industries throughout the United States. As of December 31, 2006, Katz Media represented over 3,300 radio stations and 400 television stations.
     Katz Media generates revenues primarily through contractual commissions realized from the sale of national spot advertising airtime. National spot advertising is commercial airtime sold to advertisers on behalf of radio and television stations. Katz Media represents its media clients pursuant to media representation contracts, which typically have terms of up to ten years in length.

13



Table of Contents

Employees
     At February 22, 2007, we had approximately 25,500 domestic employees and 5,400 international employees of which approximately 30,000 were in operations and approximately 900 were in corporate related activities.
Regulation of Our Business
Existing Regulation and 1996 Legislation
     Radio and television broadcasting are subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Communications Commission under the Communications Act of 1934. The Communications Act prohibits the operation of a radio or television broadcasting station except under a license issued by the FCC and empowers the FCC, among other things, to:
    issue, renew, revoke and modify broadcasting licenses;
 
    assign frequency bands;
 
    determine stations’ frequencies, locations, and power;
 
    regulate the equipment used by stations;
 
    adopt other regulations to carry out the provisions of the Communications Act;
 
    impose penalties for violation of such regulations; and
 
    impose fees for processing applications and other administrative functions.
     The Communications Act prohibits the assignment of a license or the transfer of control of a licensee without prior approval of the FCC.
     The Telecommunications Act of 1996 represented a comprehensive overhaul of the country’s telecommunications laws. The 1996 Act changed both the process for renewal of broadcast station licenses and the broadcast ownership rules. The 1996 Act established a “two-step” renewal process that limited the FCC’s discretion to consider applications filed in competition with an incumbent’s renewal application. The 1996 Act also liberalized the national broadcast ownership rules, eliminating the national radio limits and easing the national restrictions on TV ownership. The 1996 Act also relaxed local radio ownership restrictions, but left local TV ownership restrictions in place pending further FCC review.
     License Grant and Renewal
     Under the 1996 Act, the FCC grants broadcast licenses to both radio and television stations for terms of up to eight years. The 1996 Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if it finds that:
    the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
 
    there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and
 
    there have been no other violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse.
     In making its determination, the FCC may consider petitions to deny and informal objections, and may order a hearing if such petitions or objections raise sufficiently serious issues. The FCC, however, may not consider whether the public interest would be better served by a person or entity other than the renewal applicant. Instead, under the 1996 Act, competing applications for the incumbent’s spectrum may be accepted only after the FCC has denied the incumbent’s application for renewal of its license.
     Although in the vast majority of cases broadcast licenses are renewed by the FCC, even when petitions to deny or informal objections are filed, there can be no assurance that any of our stations’ licenses will be renewed at the expiration of their terms.
     Current Multiple Ownership Restrictions
     The FCC has promulgated rules that, among other things, limit the ability of individuals and entities to own or have an “attributable interest” in broadcast stations and other specified mass media entities.
     The 1996 Act mandated significant revisions to the radio and television ownership rules. With respect to radio licensees, the 1996 Act directed the FCC to eliminate the national ownership restriction, allowing one entity to own nationally any number of AM or FM broadcast stations. Other FCC rules mandated by the 1996 Act greatly eased local radio ownership restrictions. The maximum allowable number of radio stations that may be commonly owned in a market varies depending on the total number of radio stations in that market, as determined using a method prescribed

14



Table of Contents

by the FCC. In markets with 45 or more stations, one company may own, operate or control eight stations, with no more than five in any one service (AM or FM). In markets with 30-44 stations, one company may own seven stations, with no more than four in any one service. In markets with 15-29 stations, one entity may own six stations, with no more than four in any one service. In markets with 14 stations or less, one company may own up to five stations or 50% of all of the stations, whichever is less, with no more than three in any one service. These new rules permit common ownership of more stations in the same market than did the FCC’s prior rules, which at most allowed ownership of no more than two AM stations and two FM stations even in the largest markets.
     Irrespective of FCC rules governing radio ownership, however, the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission have the authority to determine that a particular transaction presents antitrust concerns. Following the passage of the 1996 Act, the Antitrust Division became more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations, particularly in instances where the proposed purchaser already owned one or more radio stations in a particular market and sought to acquire additional radio stations in the same market. The Antitrust Division has, in some cases, obtained consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures in a particular market based on allegations that acquisitions would lead to unacceptable concentration levels. The FCC generally will not approve radio acquisitions when antitrust authorities have expressed concentration concerns, even if the acquisition complies with the FCC’s numerical station limits.
     With respect to television, the 1996 Act directed the FCC to eliminate the then-existing 12-station national limit on station ownership and increase the national audience reach limitation from 25% to 35%. The 1996 Act left local TV ownership restrictions in place pending further FCC review, and in August 1999 the FCC modified its local television ownership rule. Under the current rule, permissible common ownership of television stations is dictated by Nielsen Designated Market Areas, or “DMA®s.” A company may own two television stations in a DMA® if the stations’ Grade B contours do not overlap. Conversely, a company may own television stations in separate DMA®s even if the stations’ service contours do overlap. Furthermore, a company may own two television stations in a DMA® with overlapping Grade B contours if (i) at least eight independently owned and operating full-power television stations, the Grade B contours of which overlap with that of at least one of the commonly owned stations, will remain in the DMA® after the combination; and (ii) at least one of the commonly owned stations is not among the top four stations in the market in terms of audience share. The FCC will presumptively waive these criteria and allow the acquisition of a second same-market television station where the station being acquired is shown to be “failed” or “failing” (under specific FCC definitions of those terms), or authorized but unbuilt. A buyer seeking such a waiver must also demonstrate, in most cases, that it is the only buyer ready, willing, and able to operate the station, and that sale to an out-of-market buyer would result in an artificially depressed price. We currently own two television stations in each of six DMA®s.
     The FCC has adopted rules with respect to so-called local marketing agreements, or “LMAs,” by which the licensee of one radio or television station provides substantially all of the programming for another licensee’s station in the same market and sells all of the advertising within that programming. Under these rules, an entity that owns one or more radio or television stations in a market and programs more than 15% of the broadcast time on another station in the same service (radio or television) in the same market pursuant to an LMA is generally required to count the LMA station toward its media ownership limits even though it does not own the station. As a result, in a market where we own one or more radio or television stations, we generally cannot provide programming under an LMA to another station in the same service (radio or television) if we cannot acquire that station under the various rules governing media ownership.
     In adopting its rules concerning television LMAs, however, the FCC provided “grandfathering” relief for LMAs that were in effect at the time of the rule change in August 1999. Television LMAs that were in place at the time of the new rules and were entered into before November 5, 1996, were allowed to continue at least through 2004, at which time the FCC planned to consider the future treatment of such LMAs in a review proceeding. The FCC, however, has not yet launched such a proceeding. Such LMAs entered into after November 5, 1996 were allowed to continue until August 5, 2001, at which point they were required to be terminated unless they complied with the revised local television ownership rule.
     We provide substantially all of the programming under LMAs to television stations in two markets where we also own a television station. Both of these television LMAs were entered into before November 5, 1996. Therefore, both of these television LMAs are permitted to continue at least through the FCC’s next periodic (now quadrennial) ownership rule review, which has not yet commenced. Moreover, we may seek permanent grandfathering of these television LMAs by demonstrating to the FCC, among other things, the public interest benefits the LMAs have produced and the extent to which the LMAs have enabled the stations involved to convert to digital operation.
     A number of cross-ownership rules pertain to licensees of television and radio stations. FCC rules generally

15



Table of Contents

prohibit an individual or entity from having an attributable interest in a radio or television station and a daily newspaper located in the same market.
     Prior to August 1999, FCC rules also generally prohibited common ownership of a television station and one or more radio stations in the same market, although the FCC in many cases allowed such combinations under waivers of the rule. In August 1999, however, the FCC comprehensively revised its radio/television cross-ownership rule. The revised rule permits the common ownership of one television and up to seven same-market radio stations, or up to two television and six same-market radio stations, if the market will have at least twenty separately owned broadcast, newspaper and cable “voices” after the combination. Common ownership of up to two television and four radio stations is permissible when at least ten “voices” will remain, and common ownership of up to two television stations and one radio station is permissible in all markets regardless of voice count. The radio/television limits, moreover, are subject to the compliance of the television and radio components of the combination with the television duopoly rule and the local radio ownership limits, respectively. Waivers of the radio/television cross-ownership rule are available only where the station being acquired is “failed” (i.e., off the air for at least four months or involved in court-supervised involuntary bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings). A buyer seeking such a waiver must also demonstrate, in most cases, that it is the only buyer ready, willing, and able to operate the station, and that sale to an out-of-market buyer would result in an artificially depressed price.
     There are more than 20 markets where we own both radio and television stations. In the majority of these markets, the number of radio stations we own complies with the limit imposed by the current rule. Our acquisition of television stations in five markets in our 2002 merger with The Ackerley Group resulted in our owning more radio stations in these markets than is permitted by the current rule. The FCC has given us a temporary period of time to come into compliance with the rule. We have come into compliance with respect to two such markets and have requested an extension of time to come into compliance with respect to the other three markets. In the remaining markets where our number of radio stations exceeds the limit under the current rule, we are nonetheless authorized to retain our present television/radio combinations at least until the FCC’s next periodic ownership rule review. As with grandfathered television LMAs, we may seek permanent authorization for our non-compliant radio/television combinations by demonstrating to the FCC, among other things, the public interest benefits the combinations have produced and the extent to which the combinations have enabled the television stations involved to convert to digital operation.
     Under the FCC’s ownership rules, an officer or director of our company or a direct or indirect purchaser of certain types of our securities could cause us to violate FCC regulations or policies if that purchaser owned or acquired an “attributable” interest in other media properties in the same areas as our stations or in a manner otherwise prohibited by the FCC. All officers and directors of a licensee and any direct or indirect parent, general partners, limited partners and limited liability company members who are not properly “insulated” from management activities, and stockholders who own five percent or more of the outstanding voting stock of a licensee or its parent, either directly or indirectly, generally will be deemed to have an attributable interest in the licensee. Certain institutional investors who exert no control or influence over a licensee may own up to twenty percent of a licensee’s or its parent’s outstanding voting stock before attribution occurs. Under current FCC regulations, debt instruments, non-voting stock, minority voting stock interests in corporations having a single majority shareholder, and properly insulated limited partnership and limited liability company interests as to which the licensee certifies that the interest holders are not “materially involved” in the management and operation of the subject media property generally are not subject to attribution unless such interests implicate the FCC’s “equity/debt plus,” or “EDP,” rule. Under the EDP rule, an aggregate debt and/or equity interest in excess of 33% of a licensee’s total asset value (equity plus debt) is attributable if the interest holder is either a major program supplier (providing over 15% of the licensee’s station’s total weekly broadcast programming hours) or a same-market media owner (including broadcasters, cable operators, and newspapers). To the best of our knowledge at present, none of our officers, directors or five percent or greater stockholders holds an interest in another television station, radio station, cable television system or daily newspaper that is inconsistent with the FCC’s ownership rules and policies.
     Developments and Future Actions Regarding Multiple Ownership Rules
     Expansion of our broadcast operations in particular areas and nationwide will continue to be subject to the FCC’s ownership rules and any further changes the FCC or Congress may adopt. Recent actions by and pending proceedings before the FCC, Congress and the courts may significantly affect our business.
     The 1996 Act requires the FCC to review its remaining ownership rules biennially as part of its regulatory reform obligations (although, under subsequently enacted appropriations legislation, the FCC is obligated to review the rules every four years rather than biennially). The first two biennial reviews did not result in any significant changes to the FCC’s media ownership rules, although the first such review led to the commencement of several separate proceedings concerning specific rules.

16



Table of Contents

     In its third biennial review, which commenced in September 2002, the FCC undertook a comprehensive review and reevaluation of all of its media ownership rules, including incorporation of a previously commenced separate rulemaking on the radio ownership rules. This biennial review culminated in a decision adopted by the FCC in June 2003, in which the agency made significant changes to virtually all aspects of the existing media ownership rules. Among other things:
    The FCC relaxed the local television ownership rule, allowing common ownership of two television stations in any DMA® with at least five operating commercial and non-commercial television stations. Under the modified rule, a company may own three television stations in a DMA® with at least 18 television stations. In either case, no single entity may own more than one television station that is among the top four stations in a DMA® based on audience ratings. In markets with eleven or fewer television stations, however, the modified rule would allow parties to seek waivers of the “top four” restriction and permit a case-by-case evaluation of whether joint ownership would serve the public interest, based on a liberalized set of waiver criteria.
 
    The FCC eliminated its rules prohibiting ownership of a daily newspaper and a broadcast station, and limiting ownership of television and radio stations, in the same market. In place of those rules, the FCC adopted new “cross-media limits” that would apply to certain markets depending on the number of television stations in the relevant television DMA®. These limits would prohibit any cross-media ownership in markets with three or fewer television stations. In markets with between four and eight television stations, the cross-media limits would allow common ownership of one of the following three combinations: (1) one or more daily newspapers, one television station, and up to half of the radio stations that would be permissible under the local radio ownership limits; (2) one or more daily newspapers and as many radio stations as can be owned under the local radio ownership limits (but no television stations); and (3) two television stations (provided that such ownership would be permissible under the local television ownership rule) and as many radio stations as can be owned under the local radio ownership limits (but no daily newspapers). No cross-media ownership limits would exist in markets with nine or more television stations.
 
    The FCC relaxed the limitation on the nationwide percentage of television households a single entity is permitted to reach, raising the cap from 35% to 45%.
     With respect to local radio ownership, the FCC’s June 2003 decision left in place the existing tiered numerical limits on station ownership in a single market. The FCC, however, completely revised the manner of defining local radio markets, abandoning the existing definition based on station signal contours in favor of a definition based on “metro” markets as defined by Arbitron. Under the modified approach, commercial and non-commercial radio stations licensed to communities within an Arbitron metro market, as well as stations licensed to communities outside the metro market but considered “home” to that market, are counted as stations in the local radio market for the purposes of applying the ownership limits. For geographic areas outside defined Arbitron metro markets, the FCC adopted an interim market definition methodology based on a modified signal contour overlap approach and initiated a further rulemaking proceeding to determine a permanent market definition methodology for such areas. The further proceeding is still pending. The FCC grandfathered existing combinations of owned stations that would not comply with the modified rules. However, the FCC ruled that such noncompliant combinations could not be sold intact except to certain “eligible entities,” which the agency defined as entities qualifying as a small business consistent with Small Business Administration standards.
     In addition, the FCC’s June 2003 decision ruled for the first time that radio joint sales agreements, or “JSAs”, by which the licensee of one radio station sells substantially all of the advertising for another licensee’s station in the same market (but does not provide programming to that station), would be considered attributable to the selling party. Furthermore, the FCC stated that where the newly attributable status of existing JSAs and LMAs resulted in combinations of stations that would not comply with the modified rules, termination of such JSAs and LMAs would be required within two years of the modified rules’ effectiveness.
     Numerous parties, including us, appealed the modified ownership rules adopted by the FCC in June 2003. These appeals were consolidated before the United States Court of Appeals for the Third Circuit. In September 2003, shortly before the modified rules were scheduled to take effect, that court issued a stay preventing the rules’ implementation pending the court’s decision on appeal. In June 2004, the court issued a decision that upheld the modified ownership rules in certain respects and remanded them to the FCC for further justification in other respects. Among other things:

17



Table of Contents

    The court upheld the provision of the modified rules prohibiting common ownership of more than one top-four ranked television station in a market, but remanded the FCC’s modified numerical limits applicable to same-market combinations of television stations. It also remanded the FCC’s elimination of the requirement that, in a transaction that seeks a “failing” or “failed” station waiver of the television duopoly rule, the parties demonstrate that no out-of-market buyer is willing to purchase the station.
 
    The court affirmed the FCC’s repeal of the newspaper/broadcast cross-ownership rule, while also upholding the FCC’s determination to retain some limits on cross-media ownership. However, the court remanded the FCC’s “cross-media limits” for further explanation, finding that the FCC had failed to provide a reasoned analysis for the specific limitations it adopted.
 
    With respect to the modified radio ownership rules, the court affirmed the FCC’s switch to an Arbitron-based methodology for defining radio markets, its decision to include noncommercial stations when counting stations in a market, its limitations on transfer of existing combinations of stations that would not comply with the modified rules, its decision to make JSAs attributable to the selling party, and its decision to require termination within two years of the rules’ effectiveness of existing JSAs and LMAs that resulted in non-compliance with the modified radio rules. However, the court determined that the FCC had insufficiently justified its retention of the existing numerical station caps and remanded the numerical limits to the FCC for further explanation.
     In its June 2004 decision, the court left in place the stay on the FCC’s implementation of the modified media ownership rules. As a result, the FCC’s rules governing local television ownership and radio/television cross-ownership, as modified in 1999, remain in effect. However, in September 2004 the court partially lifted its stay on the modified radio ownership rules, putting into effect the aspects of those rules that establish a new methodology for defining local radio markets and counting stations within those markets, limit our ability to transfer intact combinations of stations that do not comply with the new rules, make JSAs attributable, and require us to terminate within two years those of our existing JSAs and LMAs which, because of their newly attributable status, cause our station combinations in the relevant markets to be non-compliant with the new radio ownership rules. Moreover, in a market where we own one or more radio stations, we generally cannot enter into a JSA with another radio station if we could not acquire that station under the modified rules.
     In addition, the FCC has commenced a separate proceeding to consider whether television JSAs, like radio JSAs, should be attributed to the selling party. Such a rule, if adopted, could prevent us from entering into a JSA with another television station that we could not acquire under the local television ownership rules.
     In June 2006, the FCC commenced its proceeding on remand of the modified media ownership rules. The rule modifications adopted in 2003, as well as any additional modifications in the pending remand proceeding, are subject to further court appeals, various petitions for reconsideration before the FCC and possible actions by Congress. In the 2004 Consolidated Appropriations Act, Congress effectively overrode the FCC’s modified national television ownership reach cap of 45% and set it at 39%. The legislation also changed the FCC’s obligation to periodically review the media ownership rules from every two years to every four years.
     We cannot predict the impact of any of these developments on our business. In particular, we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the FCC’s media ownership proceeding or its effect on our ability to acquire broadcast stations in the future, to complete acquisitions that we have agreed to make, to continue to own and freely transfer groups of stations that we have already acquired, or to continue our existing agreements to provide programming to or sell advertising on stations we do not own. Moreover, we cannot predict the impact of future reviews or any other agency or legislative initiatives upon the FCC’s broadcast rules. Further, the 1996 Act’s relaxation of the FCC’s ownership rules has increased the level of competition in many markets in which our stations are located.
     Alien Ownership Restrictions
     The Communications Act restricts the ability of foreign entities or individuals to own or hold certain interests in broadcast licenses. Foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments, non-U.S. citizens, representatives of non-U.S. citizens, and corporations or partnerships organized under the laws of a foreign nation are barred from holding broadcast licenses. Non-U.S. citizens, collectively, may own or vote up to twenty percent of the capital stock of a corporate licensee. A broadcast license may not be granted to or held by any entity that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by a business entity more than one-fourth of whose capital stock is owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives or by non-U.S. business entities, if the FCC finds that the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. The FCC has interpreted this provision

18



Table of Contents

of the Communications Act to require an affirmative public interest finding before a broadcast license may be granted to or held by any such entity, and the FCC has made such an affirmative finding only in limited circumstances. Since we serve as a holding company for subsidiaries that serve as licensees for our stations, we are effectively restricted from having more than one-fourth of our stock owned or voted directly or indirectly by non-U.S. citizens or their representatives, foreign governments, representatives of foreign governments or foreign business entities.
     Other Regulations Affecting Broadcast Stations
     General. The FCC has significantly reduced its past regulation of broadcast stations, including elimination of formal ascertainment requirements and guidelines concerning amounts of certain types of programming and commercial matter that may be broadcast. There are, however, statutes and rules and policies of the FCC and other federal agencies that regulate matters such as network-affiliate relations, the ability of stations to obtain exclusive rights to air syndicated programming, cable and satellite systems’ carriage of syndicated and network programming on distant stations, political advertising practices, obscenity and indecency in broadcast programming, application procedures and other areas affecting the business or operations of broadcast stations.
     Indecency. Provisions of federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene, indecent or profane material. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per violation for the broadcast of such material. We cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.
     Public Interest Programming. Broadcasters are required to air programming addressing the needs and interests of their communities of license, and to place “issues/programs lists” in their public inspection files to provide their communities with information on the level of “public interest” programming they air. In October 2000, the FCC commenced a proceeding seeking comment on whether it should adopt a standardized form for reporting information on a station’s public interest programming and whether it should require television broadcasters to post the new form — as well as all other documents in their public inspection files — either on station websites or the websites of state broadcasters’ associations. Moreover, in August 2003 the FCC introduced a “Localism in Broadcasting” initiative that, among other things, has resulted in the creation of an FCC Localism Task Force, localism hearings at various locations throughout the country, and the July 2004 initiation of a proceeding to consider whether additional FCC rules and procedures are necessary to promote localism in broadcasting.
     Equal Employment Opportunity. The FCC’s equal employment opportunity rules generally require broadcasters to engage in broad and inclusive recruitment efforts to fill job vacancies, keep a considerable amount of recruitment data and report much of this data to the FCC and to the public via stations’ public files and websites. The FCC is still considering whether to apply these rules to part-time employment positions. Broadcasters are also obligated not to engage in employment discrimination based on race, color, religion, national origin or sex.
     Digital Radio. The FCC has approved a technical standard for the provision of “in band, on channel” terrestrial digital radio broadcasting by existing radio broadcasters (except for nighttime broadcasting by AM stations, which is undergoing further testing), and has allowed radio broadcasters to convert to a hybrid mode of digital/analog operation on their existing frequencies. We and other broadcasters have intensified efforts to roll out terrestrial digital radio service. The FCC has commenced a rulemaking to address formal standards and related licensing and service rule changes for terrestrial digital audio broadcasting. We cannot predict the impact of terrestrial digital audio radio service on our business.
     Low Power FM Radio Service. In January 2000, the FCC created two new classes of noncommercial low power FM radio stations (“LPFM”). One class (LP100) is authorized to operate with a maximum power of 100 watts and a service radius of about 3.5 miles. The other class (LP10) is authorized to operate with a maximum power of 10 watts and a service radius of about 1 to 2 miles. In establishing the new LPFM service, the FCC said that its goal is to create a class of radio stations designed “to serve very localized communities or underrepresented groups within communities.” The FCC has authorized a number of LPFM stations. In December 2000, Congress passed the Radio Broadcasting Preservation Act of 2000. This legislation requires the FCC to maintain interference protection requirements between LPFM stations and full- power radio stations on third-adjacent channels. It also requires the FCC to conduct field tests to determine the impact of eliminating such requirements. The FCC has commissioned a preliminary report on such impact and on the basis of that report, has recommended to Congress that such requirements be eliminated. We cannot predict the number of LPFM stations that eventually will be authorized to operate or the impact of such stations on our business.
     Other. The FCC has adopted rules on children’s television programming pursuant to the Children’s Television Act of 1990 and rules requiring closed captioning of television programming. The FCC has also taken steps to

19



Table of Contents

implement digital television broadcasting in the U.S. Furthermore, the 1996 Act contains a number of provisions related to television violence. We cannot predict the effect of the FCC’s present rules or future actions on our television broadcasting operations.
     Finally, Congress and the FCC from time to time consider, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of other matters that could affect, directly or indirectly, the operation and ownership of our broadcast properties. In addition to the changes and proposed changes noted above, such matters have included, for example, spectrum use fees, political advertising rates, and potential restrictions on the advertising of certain products such as beer and wine. Other matters that could affect our broadcast properties include technological innovations and developments generally affecting competition in the mass communications industry, such as direct broadcast satellite service, the continued establishment of wireless cable systems and low power television stations, “streaming” of audio and video programming via the Internet, digital television and radio technologies, the establishment of a low power FM radio service, and possible telephone company participation in the provision of video programming service.
     The foregoing is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 and specific regulations and policies of the FCC thereunder. This description does not purport to be comprehensive and reference should be made to the Communications Act, the 1996 Act, the FCC’s rules and the public notices and rulings of the FCC for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of broadcast stations. Proposals for additional or revised regulations and requirements are pending before and are being considered by Congress and federal regulatory agencies from time to time. Also, various of the foregoing matters are now, or may become, the subject of court litigation, and we cannot predict the outcome of any such litigation or its impact on our broadcasting business.
Available Information
     You can find more information about us at our Internet website located at www.clearchannel.com. Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with the SEC.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
     We May Be Adversely Affected if the Proposed Merger is Not Completed
     There is no assurance that the merger will be approved by our shareholders or that the other conditions to the completion of the merger will be satisfied. In the event that the merger is not completed, we may be subject to several risks including the following: the current market price of our common stock may reflect a market assumption that the merger will occur and a failure to complete the merger could result in a decline in the market price of our common stock; management’s attention from our day to day business may be diverted; uncertainties with regards to the merger may adversely affect our relationships with our employees, vendors and customers; and we may be required to pay significant transactions costs related to the merger, including under certain circumstances, a termination fee of $500.0 million, as well as legal, accounting and other fees of the proposed buyer, up to a maximum of $45.0 million.
     We Have a Large Amount of Indebtedness
     We currently use a portion of our operating income for debt service. Our leverage could make us vulnerable to an increase in interest rates or a downturn in the operating performance of our businesses due to various factors including a decline in general economic conditions. At December 31, 2006, we had debt outstanding of $7.7 billion and shareholders’ equity of $8.0 billion. We may continue to borrow funds to finance capital expenditures, share repurchases, acquisitions or to refinance debt, as well as for other purposes. Our debt obligations could increase substantially because of additional share repurchase programs, special dividends, or acquisitions that may be approved by our Board as well as the debt levels of companies that we may acquire in the future.
     Such a large amount of indebtedness could have negative consequences for us, including without limitation:
    limitations on our ability to obtain financing in the future;
 
    much of our cash flow will be dedicated to interest obligations and unavailable for other purposes;
 
    limiting our liquidity and operational flexibility in changing economic, business and competitive conditions which could require us to consider deferring planned capital expenditures, reducing discretionary spending,

20



Table of Contents

      selling assets, restructuring existing debt or deferring acquisitions or other strategic opportunities;
    making us more vulnerable to an increase in interest rates, a downturn in our operating performance or a decline in general economic conditions; and
 
    making us more susceptible to changes in credit ratings which could, particularly in the case of a downgrade below investment grade, impact our ability to obtain financing in the future and increase the cost of such financing.
     The failure to comply with the covenants in the agreements governing the terms of our or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness could be an event of default and could accelerate the payment obligations and, in some cases, could affect other obligations with cross-default and cross-acceleration provisions.
     Our Business is Dependent Upon the Performance of Key Employees, On-Air Talent and Program Hosts
     Our business is dependent upon the performance of certain key employees. We employ or independently contract with several on-air personalities and hosts of syndicated radio programs with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our executive officers, key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these key employees will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. In addition, any or all of our key employees may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could limit our ability to generate revenues.
     Doing Business in Foreign Countries Creates Certain Risks Not Found in Doing Business in the United States
     Doing business in foreign countries carries with it certain risks that are not found in doing business in the United States. The risks of doing business in foreign countries that could result in losses against which we are not insured include:
    exposure to local economic conditions;
 
    potential adverse changes in the diplomatic relations of foreign countries with the United States;
 
    hostility from local populations;
 
    the adverse effect of currency exchange controls;
 
    restrictions on the withdrawal of foreign investment and earnings;
 
    government policies against businesses owned by foreigners;
 
    investment restrictions or requirements;
 
    expropriations of property;
 
    the potential instability of foreign governments;
 
    the risk of insurrections;
 
    risks of renegotiation or modification of existing agreements with governmental authorities;
 
    foreign exchange restrictions;
 
    withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries; and
 
    changes in taxation structure.
     Exchange Rates May Cause Future Losses in Our International Operations
     Because we own assets overseas and derive revenues from our international operations, we may incur currency translation losses due to changes in the values of foreign currencies and in the value of the U.S. dollar. We cannot predict the effect of exchange rate fluctuations upon future operating results.
     Extensive Government Regulation May Limit Our Broadcasting Operations
     The federal government extensively regulates the domestic broadcasting industry, and any changes in the current regulatory scheme could significantly affect us. Our broadcasting businesses depend upon maintaining broadcasting licenses issued by the FCC for maximum terms of eight years. Renewals of broadcasting licenses can be attained only through the FCC’s grant of appropriate applications. Although the FCC rarely denies a renewal application, the FCC could deny future renewal applications resulting in the loss of one or more of our broadcasting licenses.

21



Table of Contents

     The federal communications laws limit the number of broadcasting properties we may own in a particular area. While the Telecommunications Act of 1996 relaxed the FCC’s multiple ownership limits, any subsequent modifications that tighten those limits could make it impossible for us to complete potential acquisitions or require us to divest stations we have already acquired. Most significantly, in June 2003 the FCC adopted a decision comprehensively modifying its media ownership rules. The modified rules significantly changed the FCC’s regulations governing radio ownership, allowed increased ownership of TV stations at the local and national level, and permitted additional cross-ownership of daily newspapers, television stations and radio stations. Soon after their adoption, however, a federal court issued a stay preventing the implementation of the modified media ownership rules while it considered appeals of the rules by numerous parties (including us). In a June 2004 decision, the court upheld the modified rules in certain respects, remanded them to the FCC for further justification in other respects, and left in place the stay on their implementation. In September 2004, the court partially lifted its stay on the modified radio ownership rules, putting into effect aspects of those rules that established a new methodology for defining local radio markets and counting stations within those markets, limit our ability to transfer intact combinations of stations that do not comply with the new rules, and require us to terminate within two years certain of our agreements whereby we provide programming to or sell advertising on radio stations we do not own. In June 2006, the FCC commenced its proceeding on remand of the modified media ownership rules. The media ownership rules, as modified by the FCC’s 2003 decision and as may be further modified in the pending remand proceeding, are subject to various further FCC and court proceedings and recent and possible future actions by Congress. We cannot predict the ultimate outcome of the media ownership proceeding or its effect on our ability to acquire broadcast stations in the future, to complete acquisitions that we have agreed to make, to continue to own and freely transfer groups of stations that we have already acquired, or to continue our existing agreements to provide programming to or sell advertising on stations we do not own.
     Moreover, the FCC’s existing rules in some cases permit a company to own fewer radio stations than allowed by the Telecommunications Act of 1996 in markets or geographical areas where the company also owns television stations. These rules could require us to divest radio stations we currently own in markets or areas where we also own television stations. Our acquisition of television stations in five local markets or areas in our merger with The Ackerley Group resulted in our owning more radio stations in these markets or areas than is permitted by these rules. The FCC has given us a temporary period of time to come into compliance with the rules. We have come into compliance with respect to two such markets and have requested an extension of time to come into compliance with respect to the other three markets.
     Other changes in governmental regulations and policies may have a material impact on us. For example, we currently provide programming to several television stations we do not own. These programming arrangements are made through contracts known as local marketing agreements. The FCC’s rules and policies regarding television local marketing agreements will restrict our ability to enter into television local marketing agreements in the future, and may eventually require us to terminate our programming arrangements under existing local marketing agreements. Moreover, the FCC has begun a proceeding to adopt rules that will restrict our ability to enter into television joint sales agreements, by which we sell advertising on television stations we do not own, and may eventually require us to terminate our existing agreements of this nature. Additionally, the FCC has adopted rules which under certain circumstances subject previously nonattributable debt and equity interests in communications media to the FCC’s multiple ownership restrictions. These rules may limit our ability to expand our media holdings.
     We May Be Adversely Affected By New Statutes Dealing With Indecency
     Provisions of federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene, indecent or profane material. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Congressional legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per violation for the broadcast of such material. We therefore face increased costs in the form of fines for indecency violations, and we cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.
     Antitrust Regulations May Limit Future Acquisitions
     Additional acquisitions by us of radio and television stations and outdoor advertising properties may require antitrust review by federal antitrust agencies and may require review by foreign antitrust agencies under the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions. We can give no assurances that the Department of Justice (“DOJ”) or the Federal Trade Commission or foreign antitrust agencies will not seek to bar us from acquiring additional radio or television stations or outdoor advertising properties in any market where we already have a significant position. Following passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the DOJ has become more aggressive in reviewing proposed acquisitions of radio stations, particularly in instances where the proposed acquiror already owns one or more radio station properties in a particular market and seeks to acquire another radio station in the same market. The DOJ has, in some cases, obtained

22



Table of Contents

consent decrees requiring radio station divestitures in a particular market based on allegations that acquisitions would lead to unacceptable concentration levels. The DOJ also actively reviews proposed acquisitions of outdoor advertising properties. In addition, the antitrust laws of foreign jurisdictions will apply if we acquire international broadcasting properties.
     Environmental, Health, Safety and Land Use Laws and Regulations May Limit or Restrict Some of Our Operations
     As the owner or operator of various real properties and facilities, especially in our outdoor advertising operations, we must comply with various foreign, federal, state and local environmental, health, safety and land use laws and regulations. We and our properties are subject to such laws and regulations relating to the use, storage, disposal, emission and release of hazardous and non-hazardous substances and employee health and safety as well as zoning restrictions. Historically, we have not incurred significant expenditures to comply with these laws. However, additional laws, which may be passed in the future, or a finding of a violation of or liability under existing laws, could require us to make significant expenditures and otherwise limit or restrict some of our operations.
     Government regulation of outdoor advertising may restrict our outdoor advertising operations
     U.S. federal, state and local regulations have a significant impact on the outdoor advertising industry and our outdoor advertising business. One of the seminal laws was The Highway Beautification Act of 1965 (HBA), which regulates outdoor advertising on the 306,000 miles of Federal-Aid Primary, Interstate and National Highway Systems roads. HBA regulates the locations of billboards, mandates a state compliance program, requires the development of state standards, promotes the expeditious removal of illegal signs, and requires just compensation for takings. Size, location, lighting and the use of new technologies for changing displays, such as digital, are regulated by federal, state and local governments. Some states have enacted bans on billboard advertising altogether. Changes in laws and regulations affecting outdoor advertising at any level of government, including laws of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, could have a significant financial impact on us by requiring us to make significant expenditures or otherwise limiting or restricting some of our operations.
     From time to time, certain state and local governments and third parties have attempted to force the removal of displays under various state and local laws, including amortization. Amortization permits the display owner to operate its display which does not meet current code requirements for a specified period of time, after which it must remove or otherwise conform its display to the applicable regulations at its own cost without any compensation. Several municipalities within our existing markets have adopted amortization ordinances. Other regulations limit our ability to rebuild or replace nonconforming displays and require us to remove or modify displays that are not in strict compliance with applicable laws. In addition, from time to time third parties or local governments assert that we own or operate displays that either are not properly permitted or otherwise are not in strict compliance with applicable law. Such regulations and allegations have not had a material impact on our results of operations to date, but if we are increasingly unable to resolve such allegations or obtain acceptable arrangements in circumstances in which our displays are subject to removal, modification or amortization, or if there occurs an increase in such regulations or their enforcement, our results could suffer.
     Legislation has from time to time been introduced in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions attempting to impose taxes on revenues of outdoor advertising companies. Several jurisdictions have already imposed such taxes as a percentage of our gross receipts of outdoor advertising revenues in that jurisdiction. While these taxes have not had a material impact on our business and financial results to date, we expect states to continue to try to impose such taxes as a way of increasing revenues. The increased imposition of these taxes and our inability to pass on the cost of these taxes to our clients could negatively affect our operating income.
     International regulation of the outdoor advertising industry varies by region and country, but generally limits the size, placement, nature and density of out-of-home displays. Significant international regulations include the Law of December 29, 1979 in France, the Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) Regulations 1992 in the United Kingdom, and Règlement Régional Urbain de l’agglomération Bruxelloise in Belgium. These laws define issues such as the extent to which advertisements can be erected in rural areas, the hours during which illuminated signs may be lit and whether the consent of local authorities is required to place a sign in certain communities. Other regulations limit the subject matter and language of out-of-home displays. For instance, the United States and most European Union countries, among other nations, have banned outdoor advertisements for tobacco products. Our failure to comply with these or any future international regulations could have an adverse impact on the effectiveness of our displays or their attractiveness to clients as an advertising medium and may require us to make significant expenditures to ensure compliance. As a result, we may experience a significant impact on our operations, revenues, international client base

23



Table of Contents

and overall financial condition.
     Additional restrictions on outdoor advertising of tobacco, alcohol and other products may further restrict the categories of clients that can advertise using our products
     Out-of-court settlements between the major U.S. tobacco companies and all 50 states, the District of Columbia, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and four other U.S. territories include a ban on the outdoor advertising of tobacco products. Other products and services may be targeted in the future, including alcohol products. Legislation regulating tobacco and alcohol advertising has also been introduced in a number of European countries in which we conduct business and could have a similar impact. Any significant reduction in alcohol-related advertising due to content-related restrictions could cause a reduction in our direct revenues from such advertisements and an increase in the available space on the existing inventory of billboards in the outdoor advertising industry.
     Future Acquisitions Could Pose Risks
     We may acquire media-related assets and other assets or businesses that we believe will assist our customers in marketing their products and services. Our acquisition strategy involves numerous risks, including:
    certain of our acquisitions may prove unprofitable and fail to generate anticipated cash flows;
 
    to successfully manage our large portfolio of broadcasting, outdoor advertising and other properties, we may need to:
  Ø   recruit additional senior management as we cannot be assured that senior management of acquired companies will continue to work for us and, in this highly competitive labor market, we cannot be certain that any of our recruiting efforts will succeed, and
 
  Ø   expand corporate infrastructure to facilitate the integration of our operations with those of acquired properties, because failure to do so may cause us to lose the benefits of any expansion that we decide to undertake by leading to disruptions in our ongoing businesses or by distracting our management;
    entry into markets and geographic areas where we have limited or no experience;
 
    we may encounter difficulties in the integration of operations and systems;
 
    our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns; and
 
    we may lose key employees of acquired companies or stations.
     We frequently evaluate strategic opportunities both within and outside our existing lines of business. We expect from time to time to pursue additional acquisitions and may decide to dispose of certain businesses. These acquisitions or dispositions could be material.
     Capital Requirements Necessary to Implement Strategic Initiatives Could Pose Risks
     The purchase price of possible acquisitions, share repurchases, special dividends and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures. Additional equity financing could result in dilution to our shareholders.
     We Face Intense Competition in the Broadcasting and Outdoor Advertising Industries
     Our business segments are in highly competitive industries, and we may not be able to maintain or increase our current audience ratings and advertising and sales revenues. Our radio stations and outdoor advertising properties compete for audiences and advertising revenues with other radio stations and outdoor advertising companies, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, direct mail, satellite radio and Internet based media, within their respective markets. Audience ratings and market shares are subject to change, which could have the effect of reducing our revenues in that market. Our competitors may develop services or advertising media that are equal or superior to those we provide or that achieve greater market acceptance and brand recognition than we achieve. It is possible that new competitors may emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share in any of our business segments. Other variables that could adversely affect our financial performance by, among other things, leading to decreases in overall revenues, the numbers of advertising customers, advertising fees, or profit margins include:

24



Table of Contents

    unfavorable economic conditions, both general and relative to the radio broadcasting, outdoor advertising and all related media industries, which may cause companies to reduce their expenditures on advertising;
 
    unfavorable shifts in population and other demographics which may cause us to lose advertising customers as people migrate to markets where we have a smaller presence, or which may cause advertisers to be willing to pay less in advertising fees if the general population shifts into a less desirable age or geographical demographic from an advertising perspective;
 
    an increased level of competition for advertising dollars, which may lead to lower advertising rates as we attempt to retain customers or which may cause us to lose customers to our competitors who offer lower rates that we are unable or unwilling to match;
 
    unfavorable fluctuations in operating costs which we may be unwilling or unable to pass through to our customers;
 
    technological changes and innovations that we are unable to adopt or are late in adopting that offer more attractive advertising, listening or viewing alternatives than what we currently offer, which may lead to a loss of advertising customers or to lower advertising rates;
 
    unfavorable changes in labor conditions which may require us to spend more to retain and attract key employees; and
 
    changes in governmental regulations and policies and actions of federal regulatory bodies which could restrict the advertising media which we employ or restrict some or all of our customers that operate in regulated areas from using certain advertising media, or from advertising at all.
     New Technologies May Affect Our Broadcasting Operations
     Our broadcasting businesses face increasing competition from new broadcast technologies, such as broadband wireless and satellite television and radio, and new consumer products, such as portable digital audio players and personal digital video recorders. These new technologies and alternative media platforms compete with our radio and television stations for audience share and advertising revenue, and in the case of some products, allow listeners and viewers to avoid traditional commercial advertisements. The FCC has also approved new technologies for use in the radio broadcasting industry, including the terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, which significantly enhances the sound quality of radio broadcasts. In the television broadcasting industry, the FCC has established standards and a timetable for the implementation of digital television broadcasting in the U.S. We have substantially completed the implementation of our digital television broadcasting. We have currently converted approximately 350 of our radio stations to digital broadcasting. We are unable to predict the effect such technologies and related services and products will have on our broadcasting operations, but the capital expenditures necessary to implement such technologies could be substantial and other companies employing such technologies could compete with our businesses.
     We May be Adversely Affected by a General Deterioration in Economic Conditions
     The risks associated with our businesses become more acute in periods of a slowing economy or recession, which may be accompanied by a decrease in advertising. A decline in the level of business activity of our advertisers could have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margins. During the most recent economic slowdown in the United States, many advertisers reduced their advertising expenditures. The impact of slowdowns on our business is difficult to predict, but they may result in reductions in purchases of advertising.
     We May Be Adversely Affected by the Occurrence of Extraordinary Events, Such as Terrorist Attacks
     The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents or similar events may substantially decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenues or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. As a result of the expanded news coverage following the attacks and subsequent military actions, we experienced a loss in advertising revenues and increased incremental operating expenses. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the United States, contagious disease outbreaks or similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies of the United States and other foreign countries where we do business generally, specifically the market for advertising.
     Caution Concerning Forward Looking Statements
     The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf. Except for the historical information, this report contains various forward-looking statements which represent our expectations or beliefs concerning future events, including the future levels of cash flow from operations. Management believes that all statements that express expectations and projections with respect to future matters, including the success of our Merger Agreement and the planned sale of radio and television assets; our

25



Table of Contents

ability to negotiate contracts having more favorable terms; and the availability of capital resources; are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act. We caution that these forward-looking statements involve a number of risks and uncertainties and are subject to many variables which could impact our financial performance. These statements are made on the basis of management’s views and assumptions, as of the time the statements are made, regarding future events and business performance. There can be no assurance, however, that management’s expectations will necessarily come to pass.
     A wide range of factors could materially affect future developments and performance, including:
    the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstance that could give rise to the termination of the Merger Agreement;
 
    the outcome of any legal proceedings that have been or may be instituted against us relating to the Merger Agreement;
 
    our inability to complete the merger due to the failure to obtain shareholder approval or to satisfy any other conditions to completion of the merger;
 
    the impact of the substantial indebtedness incurred to finance the consummation of the merger;
 
    the impact of general economic and political conditions in the U.S. and in other countries in which we currently do business, including those resulting from recessions, political events and acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts;
 
    the impact of the geopolitical environment;
 
    our ability to integrate the operations of recently acquired companies;
 
    shifts in population and other demographics;
 
    industry conditions, including competition;
 
    fluctuations in operating costs;
 
    technological changes and innovations;
 
    changes in labor conditions;
 
    fluctuations in exchange rates and currency values;
 
    capital expenditure requirements;
 
    the outcome of pending and future litigation settlements;
 
    legislative or regulatory requirements;
 
    interest rates;
 
    the effect of leverage on our financial position and earnings;
 
    taxes;
 
    access to capital markets; and
 
    certain other factors set forth in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     This list of factors that may affect future performance and the accuracy of forward-looking statements is illustrative, but by no means exhaustive. Accordingly, all forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty.
ITEM 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
Not Applicable
ITEM 2. Properties
Corporate
     Our corporate headquarters is in San Antonio, Texas, where we own a 55,000 square foot executive office building and a 120,000 square foot data and administrative service center.
Operations
     Radio Broadcasting
     Our radio executive operations are located in our corporate headquarters in San Antonio, Texas. The types of properties required to support each of our radio stations include offices, studios, transmitter sites and antenna sites. A radio station’s studios are generally housed with its offices in downtown or business districts. A radio station’s transmitter sites and antenna sites are generally located in a manner that provides maximum market coverage.

26



Table of Contents

     The studios and offices of our radio stations and outdoor advertising branches are located in leased or owned facilities. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from one to forty years. We either own or lease our transmitter and antenna sites. These leases generally have expiration dates that range from five to fifteen years. We do not anticipate any difficulties in renewing those leases that expire within the next several years or in leasing other space, if required. We own substantially all of the equipment used in our radio broadcasting and outdoor advertising businesses.
     Outdoor Advertising
     The headquarters of our Americas outdoor advertising operations is in Phoenix, Arizona and the headquarters of our international outdoor advertising operations is in London, England. The types of properties required to support each of our outdoor advertising branches include offices, production facilities and structure sites. An outdoor branch and production facility is generally located in an industrial or warehouse district.
     In both our Americas and international outdoor advertising segments, we own or have permanent easements on relatively few parcels of real property that serve as the sites for our outdoor displays. Our remaining outdoor display sites are leased. Our leases are for varying terms ranging from month-to-month to year-to-year and can be for terms of ten years or longer, and many provide for renewal options. There is no significant concentration of displays under any one lease or subject to negotiation with any one landlord. We believe that an important part of our management activity is to negotiate suitable lease renewals and extensions.
     As noted in Item 1 above, as of December 31, 2006, we owned more than 1,100 radio stations and owned or leased over 910,000 outdoor advertising display faces in various markets throughout the world. See “Business — Operating Segments.” Therefore, no one property is material to our overall operations. We believe that our properties are in good condition and suitable for our operations.
ITEM 3. Legal Proceedings
     On September 9, 2003, the Assistant United States Attorney for the Eastern District of Missouri caused a Subpoena to Testify before Grand Jury to be issued to us. The Subpoena requires us to produce certain information regarding commercial advertising run by us on behalf of offshore and/or online (Internet) gambling businesses, including sports bookmaking and casino-style gambling. On October 5, 2006, the Company received a subpoena from the Assistant United States Attorney for the Southern District of New York requiring it to produce certain information regarding substantially the same matters as covered in the subpoena from the Eastern District of Missouri. We are cooperating with such requirements.
     On February 7, 2005, the Company received a subpoena from the State of New York Attorney General’s office, requesting information on policies and practices regarding record promotion on radio stations in the state of New York. We are cooperating with this subpoena.
     On April 19, 2006, we received a letter of inquiry from the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”) requesting information about whether consideration was provided by record labels to us in exchange for the broadcast of music without disclosure of such consideration to the public. We are cooperating with the FCC in responding to this request for information.
     Seven putative class actions and one shareholder derivative action challenging the merger are pending in the 408th District Court of Bexar County, Texas. The class actions, Teitelbaum v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17492 (filed November 14, 2006), Manson v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17656 (filed November 16, 2006), City of St. Clair Shores Police and Fire Retirement System v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17660 (filed November 16, 2006), Levy Investments, Ltd. v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI17669 (filed November 16, 2006), DD Equity Partners LLC v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. 2006CI7914 (filed November 22, 2006), and Pioneer Investments Kapitalanlagegesellschaft MBH v. L. Lowry Mays, et al. (filed December 7, 2006), all raise substantially similar allegations on behalf of a purported class of our shareholders against the defendants for breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the approval of the merger. The above complaints have been consolidated for pretrial and discovery purposes with the derivative action Rauch v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et. al., No. 2006CI17436 (filed November 22, 2006), which challenges the merger, as well as the terms of employment agreements between Clear Channel and L. Lowry Mays, Randall T. Mays, and Mark P. Mays.

27



Table of Contents

     Additionally, two lawsuits have been filed against Clear Channel and its officers and directors in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas: Alaska Laborers Employees Retirement Fund v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., No. SA07CA0042RF (filed January 11, 2007); and Pioneer Investments Kapitalanlagegesellschaft mbH v. Clear Channel Communications, Inc., et al., (filed January 30, 2007). Plaintiffs in the federal lawsuits allege, among other things, that our directors violated federal securities laws in the preparation and issuance of the proxy statement. In addition, the Alaska Fund plaintiff alleges shareholder derivative claims and class action claims against Clear Channel’s officers and directors for breach of fiduciary duties and gross mismanagement.
     The class action pleadings seek certification of a class of all of our stockholders whose stock will be acquired in connection with the merger, and all of the pleadings seek injunctive relief that would, if granted, prevent the completion of the merger. The pleadings also seek unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees and other relief. We believe that the allegations contained in each of the pleadings are without merit and intend to contest the actions vigorously. The individual defendants have advised us that they also believe that the allegations in the complaints are without merit and that they intend to contest the actions vigorously. We cannot assure you that we will successfully defend the allegations included in the complaints or that pending motions to enjoin the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement will not be granted. If we are unable to resolve the claims that are the basis for the lawsuits or to prevail in any related litigation we may be required to pay substantial monetary damages for which we may not be adequately insured, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations. Regardless of whether the merger is consummated or the outcome of the lawsuits, we may incur significant related expenses and costs that could have an adverse effect on our business and operations. Furthermore, the cases could involve a substantial diversion of the time of some members of management. Accordingly, we are unable to estimate the impact of any potential liabilities associated with the complaints.
     Additional lawsuits pertaining to the merger could be filed in the future.
     We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.
ITEM 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
     There were no matters submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2006.

28



Table of Contents

PART II
ITEM 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
     Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “CCU.” There were 3,247 shareholders of record as of February 22, 2007. This figure does not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. The following table sets forth, for the calendar quarters indicated, the reported high and low sales prices of the common stock as reported on the NYSE.
                         
    Common Stock    
    Market Price   Dividends
    High   Low   Declared
2005
                       
First Quarter
    35.07       31.14       .125  
Second Quarter
    34.81       28.75       .1875  
Third Quarter
    34.26       30.31       .1875  
Fourth Quarter
    33.44       29.60       .1875  
 
                       
2006
                       
First Quarter
    32.84       27.82       .1875  
Second Quarter
    31.54       27.34       .1875  
Third Quarter
    31.64       27.17       .1875  
Fourth Quarter
    35.88       28.83       .1875  
Dividend Policy
     Our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of 18.75 cents per share on February 21, 2007. The terms of our current credit facility do not prohibit us from paying cash dividends unless we are in default under our credit facility either prior to or after giving effect to any proposed dividend. The terms of the Merger Agreement allow us to continue our policy of paying quarterly cash dividends of $0.1875 per share of our common stock through the Effective Time. However, any future decision by our board of directors to pay cash dividends will depend on, among other factors, our earnings, financial position, capital requirements and regulatory changes.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases
     The Company did not repurchase any shares during the fourth quarter of 2006. No additional shares have been repurchased subsequent to December 31, 2006 as the share repurchase program has been suspended, but may be recommenced at any time without notice subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

29



Table of Contents

ITEM 6. Selected Financial Data
(In thousands)
                                         
    For the Years ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
Results of Operations Information: (1)
                                       
Revenue
  $ 7,066,957     $ 6,578,805     $ 6,600,954     $ 6,217,858     $ 5,907,095  
Operating expenses:
                                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,650,093       2,457,044       2,321,459       2,133,224       1,933,239  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,968,869       1,902,837       1,894,550       1,853,193       1,786,843  
Depreciation and amortization
    633,823       628,010       627,924       606,318       554,645  
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    201,752       171,076       167,388       152,514       160,216  
Merger expenses
    7,633                          
Gain on disposition of assets – net
    69,330       51,355       39,576       6,688       35,557  
 
                             
Operating income (loss)
    1,674,117       1,471,193       1,629,209       1,479,297       1,507,709  
Interest expense
    483,974       443,245       367,503       392,215       430,890  
Gain (loss) on sale of assets related to mergers
    ¾       ¾       ¾       ¾       3,991  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    2,306       (702 )     46,271       678,846       (3,096 )
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    37,478       38,338       22,285       20,669       27,140  
Other income (expense) — net
    (8,421 )     11,267       (30,293 )     20,783       5,625  
 
                             
Income (loss) before income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,221,506       1,076,851       1,299,969       1,807,380       1,110,479  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (500,817 )     (425,356 )     (497,913 )     (775,058 )     (438,737 )
Minority interest income (expense), net of tax
    (31,927 )     (17,847 )     (7,602 )     (3,906 )     1,778  
 
                             
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    688,762       633,648       794,454       1,028,416       673,520  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net
    2,755       302,014       51,345       117,175       51,303  
 
                             
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    691,517       935,662       845,799       1,145,591       724,823  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax of, $2,959,003 in 2004 and $4,324,446 in 2002 (2)
                (4,883,968 )           (16,778,526 )
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )   $ 1,145,591     $ (16,053,703 )
 
                             

30



Table of Contents

                                         
    For the Years ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004     2003     2002  
Net income (loss) per common share: (1)
                                       
Basic:
                                       
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33     $ 1.67     $ 1.11  
Discontinued operations
    .01       .55       .09       .19       .09  
 
                             
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1.38       1.71       1.42       1.86       1.20  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
                (8.19 )           (27.65 )
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.77 )   $ 1.86     $ (26.45 )
 
                             
Diluted:
                                       
Income (loss) before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33     $ 1.66     $ 1.10  
Discontinued operations
    .01       .55       .08       .19       .08  
 
                             
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1.38       1.71       1.41       1.85       1.18  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
                (8.16 )           (26.74 )
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.75 )   $ 1.85     $ (25.56 )
 
                             
Dividends declared per share
  $ .75     $ .69     $ .45     $ .20     $  
 
                             
(In thousands)
                                         
    As of December 31,
    2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
Balance Sheet Data: (1)
                                       
Current assets
  $ 2,205,730     $ 2,398,294     $ 2,269,922     $ 2,185,682     $ 2,123,495  
Property, plant and equipment — net
    3,220,956       3,237,936       3,310,132       3,457,353       3,473,930  
Total assets
    18,890,179       18,703,376       19,927,949       28,352,693       27,672,153  
Current liabilities
    1,663,846       2,107,313       2,184,552       1,892,719       3,010,639  
Long-term debt, net of current maturities
    7,326,700       6,155,363       6,941,996       6,898,722       7,357,769  
Shareholders’ equity
    8,042,341       8,826,462       9,488,078       15,553,939       14,210,092  
 
(1)   Acquisitions and dispositions impact the comparability of the historical consolidated financial data reflected in this schedule of Selected Financial Data.
 
(2)   We recorded a non-cash charge of $4.9 billion, net of deferred taxes of $3.0 billion, as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle during the fourth quarter of 2004 as a result of the adoption of EITF Topic D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets other than Goodwill. We recorded a non-cash charge of $16.8 billion, net of deferred taxes of $4.3 billion, in 2002 as a result of the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Statement 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.
     The Selected Financial Data should be read in conjunction with Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

31



Table of Contents

ITEM 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
We have agreed to be acquired by a group led by Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Bain Capital Partners LLC
     On November 16, 2006, we agreed to be acquired by a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. The transaction is subject to shareholder approval, antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. For a discussion of this transaction, see Item 1 above.
We plan to sell 448 small market radio stations and all of our television stations
     On November 16, 2006 we announced plans to sell 448 radio stations located outside the top 100 U.S. media markets and all of our television stations. The sale of these assets is not contingent on the closing of the merger with the private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Definitive asset purchase agreements were signed for 39 radio stations as of December 31, 2006. These stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, were classified as assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet and as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations. Through February 22, 2007, we had definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 77 radio stations. The closing of these radio station sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions.
Format of Presentation
     Management’s discussion and analysis of our results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes. Our discussion is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis. Our reportable operating segments are Radio Broadcasting, which includes our national syndication business, Americas Outdoor Advertising and International Outdoor Advertising. Included in the “other” segment are television broadcasting and our media representation business, Katz Media, as well as other general support services and initiatives.
     We manage our operating segments primarily focusing on their operating income, while Corporate expenses, Merger expenses, Gain on disposition of assets — net, Interest expense, Gain (loss) on marketable securities, Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates, Other income (expense) – net, Income tax benefit (expense), Minority interest — net of tax, Discontinued operations and Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle are managed on a total company basis and are, therefore, included only in our discussion of consolidated results.
Radio Broadcasting
     Our local radio markets are run predominantly by local management teams who control the formats selected for their programming. The formats are designed to reach audiences with targeted demographic characteristics that appeal to our advertisers. Our advertising rates are principally based on how many people in a targeted audience listen to our stations, as measured by an independent ratings service. The size of the market influences rates as well, with larger markets typically receiving higher rates than smaller markets. Also, our advertising rates are influenced by the time of day the advertisement airs, with morning and evening drive-time hours typically the highest. Radio advertising contracts are typically less than one year.
     Management monitors macro level indicators to assess our radio operations’ performance. Due to the geographic diversity and autonomy of our markets, we have a multitude of market specific advertising rates and audience demographics. Therefore, our discussion of the results of operations of our radio broadcasting segment focuses on the macro level indicators that management monitors to assess our radio segment’s financial condition and results of operations.
     Management looks at our radio operations’ overall revenues as well as local advertising, which is sold predominately in a station’s local market, and national advertising, which is sold across multiple markets. Local advertising is sold by our local radio stations’ sales staffs while national advertising is sold, for the most part, through our national representation firm.
     Local advertising, which is our largest source of advertising revenue, and national advertising revenues are tracked separately, because these revenue streams have different sales forces and respond differently to changes in the economic environment. Management also looks at radio revenue by market size, as defined by Arbitron. Typically, larger markets can reach larger audiences with wider demographics than smaller markets. Over half of our radio revenue and divisional operating expenses comes from our 50 largest markets. Additionally, management reviews our share of target demographics listening to the radio in an average quarter hour. This metric gauges how well our formats are attracting and keeping listeners.

32



Table of Contents

     A significant portion of our radio segment’s expenses vary in connection with changes in revenue. These variable expenses primarily relate to costs in our sales department, such as salaries, commissions and bad debt. Our programming and general and administrative departments incur most of our fixed costs, such as talent costs, rights fees, utilities and office salaries. Lastly, our highly discretionary costs are in our marketing and promotions department, which we primarily incur to maintain and/or increase our audience share.
Outdoor Advertising
     Our revenues are derived from selling advertising space on the displays that we own or operate in key markets worldwide, consisting primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. We own the majority of our advertising displays, which typically are located on sites that we either lease or own or for which we have acquired permanent easements. Our advertising contracts with clients typically outline the number of displays reserved, the duration of the advertising campaign and the unit price per display.
     Our advertising rates are based on the gross rating points, or total number of impressions delivered, expressed as a percentage of a market population of a display or group of displays. The number of impressions delivered by a display is measured by the number of people passing the site during a defined period of time and, in some international markets, is weighted to account for such factors as illumination, proximity to other displays and the speed and viewing angle of approaching traffic. Management typically monitors our business by reviewing the average rates, average revenues per display, occupancy, and inventory levels of each of our display types by market. In addition, because a significant portion of our advertising operations are conducted in foreign markets, principally France and the United Kingdom, management reviews the operating results from our foreign operations on a constant dollar basis. A constant dollar basis allows for comparison of operations independent of foreign exchange movements. Because revenue-sharing and minimum guaranteed payment arrangements are more prevalent in our international operations, the margins in our international operations typically are less than the margins in our Americas operations. Also, the margins on our billboard contracts tend to be higher than for our other displays.
     The significant expenses associated with our operations include (i) direct production, maintenance and installation expenses, (ii) site lease expenses for land under our displays and (iii) revenue-sharing or minimum guaranteed amounts payable under our street furniture and transit display contracts. Our direct production, maintenance and installation expenses include costs for printing, transporting and changing the advertising copy on our displays, the related labor costs, the vinyl and paper costs and the costs for cleaning and maintaining our displays. Vinyl and paper costs vary according to the complexity of the advertising copy and the quantity of displays. Our site lease expenses include lease payments for use of the land under our displays, as well as any revenue-sharing arrangements or minimum guaranteed amounts payable we may have with the landlords. The terms of our Americas site leases generally range from 1 to 50 years. Internationally, the terms of our site lease and revenue share/ minimum guarantee contracts generally range from 3 to 15 years, but may vary across our networks.
     Our street furniture and transit display contracts, the terms of which range from 3 to 20 years, generally require us to make upfront investments in property, plant and equipment. These contracts may also include upfront lease payments and/or minimum annual guaranteed lease payments. We can give no assurance that our cash flows from operations over the terms of these contracts will exceed the upfront and minimum required payments.
FAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment
     We adopted FAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment, on January 1, 2006 under the modified-prospective approach which requires us to recognize employee compensation cost related to our stock option grants in the same line items as cash compensation in the 2006 financial statements for all options granted after the date of adoption as well as for any options that were unvested at adoption. Under the modified-prospective approach, no stock option expense attributable to these options is reflected in the financial statements for 2005. The amounts recorded as share-based payments in the financial statements during 2005 relate to the expense associated with restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2006, there was $82.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years, unless the Merger Agreement is approved, then the expense becomes recognizable at the closing of the transaction.
     The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on our stock, historical volatility on our stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are

33



Table of Contents

expected to be outstanding. Management uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following table details compensation costs related to share-based payments for the year ended December 31, 2006:
(In millions)
         
Radio Broadcasting
       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 11.1  
SG&A
    14.1  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 3.4  
SG&A
    1.3  
International Outdoor Advertising
       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 0.9  
SG&A
    0.4  
Other
       
Direct Operating Expenses
  $ 1.9  
SG&A
    2.0  
Corporate
  $ 9.1  
THE COMPARISON OF YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2006 TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 IS AS FOLLOWS:
Consolidated
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2006     2005     2006 v. 2005
Revenue
  $ 7,066,957     $ 6,578,805       7 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,650,093       2,457,044       8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,968,869       1,902,837       3 %
Depreciation and amortization
    633,823       628,010       1 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    201,752       171,076       18 %
Merger expenses
    7,633                
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    69,330       51,355       35 %
 
                   
Operating income
    1,674,117       1,471,193       14 %
Interest expense
    483,974       443,245          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    2,306       (702 )        
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    37,478       38,338          
Other income (expense) — net
    (8,421 )     11,267          
 
                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest expense and discontinued operations
    1,221,506       1,076,851          
Income tax benefit (expense):
                       
Current
    (298,962 )     (43,616 )        
Deferred
    (201,855 )     (381,740 )        
 
                   
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (500,817 )     (425,356 )        
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    31,927       17,847          
 
                   
Income before discontinued operations
    688,762       633,648          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    2,755       302,014          
 
                   
Net income (loss)
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662          
 
                   

34



Table of Contents

Revenue
     Consolidated revenue increased $488.2 million during 2006 compared to 2005. Radio contributed $194.7 million attributable to increased average rates on local and national sales. Our Americas outdoor segment’s revenue increased $125.0 million from an increase in revenue across our displays as well as the acquisition of Interspace Outdoor Advertising, or Interspace, in July 2006. Interspace contributed approximately $30.2 million to revenue in 2006. Our international outdoor segment contributed $106.7 million, of which approximately $44.9 million during the first six months of 2006 related to Clear Media Limited, or Clear Media, a Chinese outdoor advertising company. We began consolidating Clear Media in the third quarter of 2005. Increased street furniture revenues also contributed to our international revenue growth. Our 2006 revenue increased $17.4 million due to movements in foreign exchange. Also contributing to the increase was approximately $39.5 million from our television business driven by increased political advertising in 2006 compared to 2005.
Direct Operating Expenses
     Direct operating expenses increased $193.0 million for 2006 compared to 2005. Our radio broadcasting segment contributed $70.4 million primarily from increased programming expenses. Americas outdoor direct operating expenses increased $44.5 million driven by increased site lease expenses associated with the increase in revenue and the acquisition of Interspace. Interspace contributed $13.0 million to direct operating expenses in 2006. Our international outdoor segment contributed $67.1 million, of which $18.0 million during the first six months of 2006 related to our consolidation of Clear Media and the remainder was principally due to an increase in site lease expenses. Included in our direct operating expense growth in 2006 is $10.6 million from increases in foreign exchange. Share-based payments included in direct operating expenses associated with the adoption of FAS 123(R) were $17.3 million for 2006.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
     SG&A increased $66.0 million during 2006 compared 2005. Our radio broadcasting SG&A increased $44.8 million primarily as a result of an increase in salary, bonus and commission expenses in our sales department associated with the increase in revenue. SG&A increased $20.6 million in our Americas outdoor segment principally related to an increase in bonus and commission expenses associated with the increase in revenues as well as $6.2 million from our acquisition of Interspace. Our international outdoor SG&A expenses declined $13.6 million primarily attributable to a $9.8 million reduction recorded in 2006 as a result of the favorable settlement of a legal proceeding as well as $26.6 million related to restructuring our businesses in France recorded in the third quarter of 2005. Partially offsetting this decline in our international SG&A was $9.5 million from our consolidation of Clear Media. Included in our SG&A expense growth in 2006 is $3.9 million from increases in foreign exchange. Share-based payments included in SG&A associated with the adoption of FAS 123(R) were $17.8 million for 2006.
Corporate Expenses
     Corporate expenses increased $30.7 million during 2006 compared to 2005 primarily related to increases in bonus expense and share-based payments.
Merger Expenses
     In the fourth quarter of 2006, we entered into the Merger Agreement. Expenses associated with the merger were $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and include accounting, investment banking, legal and other costs.
Gain on Disposition of Assets — net
     Gain on disposition of assets — net of $69.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 mostly related to $41.5 million in our radio segment primarily from the sale of stations and programming rights and $13.2 million in our Americas outdoor segment from the exchange of assets in one of our markets for the assets of a third party located in a different market.
Interest Expense
     Interest expense increased $40.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 over 2005 primarily due to increased interest rates. Interest on our floating rate debt, which includes our credit facility and fixed-rate debt on which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements, is influenced by changes in LIBOR. Average LIBOR for 2006 and 2005 was 5.2% and 3.6%, respectively.

35



Table of Contents

Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     The gain of $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 related to a $3.8 million gain from terminating our secured forward exchange contract associated with our investment in XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc. partially offset by a loss of $1.5 million from the change in fair value of AMT securities that are classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities. The loss of $0.7 million recorded in 2005 related to the change in fair value of AMT securities that were classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities.
Other Income (Expense) — Net
     Other expense of $8.4 million recorded in 2006 primarily relates to foreign exchange losses while the income of $11.3 million recorded in 2005 was comprised of various miscellaneous amounts.
Income Taxes
     Current tax expense increased $255.3 million in 2006 as compared to 2005. In addition to higher earnings before tax in 2006, we received approximately $204.7 million in current tax benefits in 2005 from ordinary losses for tax purposes resulting from restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment, the July 2005 maturity of our Euro denominated bonds, and a 2005 current tax benefit related to an amendment on a previously filed return. Deferred tax expense decreased $179.9 million primarily related to the tax losses mentioned above that increased deferred tax expense in 2005.
Minority Interest, net of tax
     Minority interest expense increased $14.1 million during 2006 as compared to 2005 as a result of the initial public offering of 10% of our subsidiary Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., which we completed on November 11, 2005.
Discontinued Operations
     We completed the spin-off of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses on December 21, 2005. Therefore, we reported the results of operations for these businesses through December 21, 2005 in discontinued operations.
     We had definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 39 of our radio stations as of December 31, 2006. The results of operations for these stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, are reported as discontinued operations.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
     Our radio broadcasting operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2006     2005     2006 v. 2005
Revenue
  $ 3,697,190     $ 3,502,508       6 %
Direct operating expenses
    1,028,439       958,071       7 %
Selling, general and administrative expense
    1,252,556       1,207,800       4 %
Depreciation and amortization
    135,980       139,276       (2 %)
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 1,280,215     $ 1,197,361       7 %
 
                   
     Our radio broadcasting revenue increased 6% during 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily from an increase in both local and national advertising revenues. This growth was driven by an increase in yield and average unit rates. The number of 30 second and 15 second commercials broadcast as a percent of total minutes sold increased during 2006 as compared to 2005. The overall revenue growth was primarily focused in our top 100 media markets. Significant advertising categories contributing to the revenue growth for the year were political, services, automotive, retail and entertainment.
     Our radio broadcasting direct operating expenses increased $70.4 million during 2006 as compared to 2005. Included in direct operating expenses for 2006 were share-based payments of $11.1 million as a result of adopting FAS 123(R). Also contributing to the increase were added costs of approximately $45.2 million from programming expenses primarily related to an increase in talent expenses, music license fees, new shows and affiliations in our syndicated radio business and new distribution initiatives. Our SG&A expenses increased $44.8 million primarily as a result of

36



Table of Contents

approximately $12.3 million in salary, bonus and commission expenses in our sales department associated with the increase in revenue as well as $14.1 million from the adoption of FAS 123(R).
Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
Our Americas outdoor advertising operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2006     2005     2006 v. 2005
Revenue
  $ 1,341,356     $ 1,216,382       10 %
Direct operating expenses
    534,365       489,826       9 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    207,326       186,749       11 %
Depreciation and amortization
    178,970       180,559       (1 %)
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 420,695     $ 359,248       17 %
 
                   
     Our Americas revenue increased 10% during 2006 as compared to 2005 from revenue growth across our displays. We experienced rate increases on most of our inventory, with occupancy essentially unchanged during 2006 as compared to 2005. Our airport revenue increased $44.8 million primarily related to $30.2 million from our acquisition of Interspace. Revenue growth occurred across both our large and small markets including Miami, San Antonio, Sacramento, Albuquerque and Des Moines.
     Direct operating expenses increased $44.5 million in 2006 as compared to 2005 primarily from an increase in site lease expenses of approximately $30.2 million as well as $3.4 million related to the adoption of FAS 123(R). Interspace contributed $13.0 million to direct operating expenses in 2006. Our SG&A expenses increased $20.6 million in 2006 over 2005 primarily from an increase in bonus and commission expenses of $7.6 million related to the increase in revenue, $6.2 million from Interspace and $1.3 million of share-based payments related to the adoption of FAS 123(R).
International Outdoor Results of Operations
Our international operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2006     2005     2006 v. 2005
Revenue
  $ 1,556,365     $ 1,449,696       7 %
Direct operating expenses
    918,735       851,635       8 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    341,410       355,045       (4 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    228,760       220,080       4 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 67,460     $ 22,936       194 %
 
                   
     Revenue in our international outdoor segment increased 7% in 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase includes approximately $44.9 million during the first six months of 2006 related to our consolidation of Clear Media which we began consolidating in the third quarter of 2005. Also contributing to the increase was approximately $25.9 million from growth in street furniture revenues and $11.9 million related to movements in foreign exchange, partially offset by a decline in billboard revenues for 2006 as compared to 2005.
     Direct operating expenses increased $67.1 million during 2006 as compared to 2005. The increase was primarily attributable to $18.0 million during the first six months of 2006 related to our consolidation of Clear Media as well as an increase of approximately $37.7 million in site lease expenses and approximately $7.7 million related to movements in foreign exchange. Also included in the increase was $0.9 million related to the adoption of FAS 123(R). Our SG&A expenses declined $13.6 million primarily attributable to a $9.8 million reduction recorded in 2006 as a result of the favorable settlement of a legal proceeding as well as $26.6 million related to restructuring our businesses in France recorded in the third quarter of 2005. Partially offsetting this decline was $9.5 million from our consolidation of Clear Media and $2.9 million from movements in foreign exchange.

37



Table of Contents

Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
(In thousands)
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 1,280,215     $ 1,197,361  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
    420,695       359,248  
International Outdoor Advertising
    67,460       22,936  
Other
    65,389       30,694  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    69,330       51,355  
Merger expenses
    (7,633 )      
Corporate
    (221,339 )     (190,401 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income
  $ 1,674,117     $ 1,471,193  
 
           
Fiscal Year 2005 Compared to Fiscal Year 2004
Consolidated
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2005     2004     2005 v. 2004
Revenue
  $ 6,578,805     $ 6,600,954       0 %
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,457,044       2,321,459       6 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,902,837       1,894,550       0 %
Depreciation and amortization
    628,010       627,924       0 %
Corporate expenses (excludes depreciation and amortization)
    171,076       167,388       2 %
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    51,355       39,576       30 %
 
                   
Operating income
    1,471,193       1,629,209       (10 %)
Interest expense
    443,245       367,503          
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (702 )     46,271          
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    38,338       22,285          
Other income (expense) — net
    11,267       (30,293 )        
 
                   
Income before income taxes, minority interest expense, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,076,851       1,299,969          
Income tax benefit (expense):
                       
Current
    (43,616 )     (367,599 )        
Deferred
    (381,740 )     (130,314 )        
 
                   
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (425,356 )     (497,913 )        
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    17,847       7,602          
 
                   
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    633,648       794,454          
Income from discontinued operations, net
    302,014       51,345          
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax of $2,959,003
          (4,883,968 )        
 
                   
Net income (loss)
  $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )        
 
                   
Revenue
     Consolidated revenues decreased $22.1 million in 2005 as compared to 2004. Our radio broadcasting segment declined approximately $217.9 million primarily from a decline in the number of commercial minutes broadcast on our radio stations as part of our Less Is More initiative. Our television revenues declined approximately $14.7 million primarily as a result of local and national political advertising revenues in 2004 that did not recur in 2005. Partially offsetting this decline was an increase of $124.3 million and $94.7 million from our Americas and international outdoor advertising segments, respectively. Americas outdoor revenue growth was driven primarily from rate increases on our bulletin and poster inventory while international outdoor revenue growth occurred from improved yield on our street furniture inventory. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not have a material impact to our revenue decline for 2005 compared to 2004.

38



Table of Contents

Direct Operating Expenses
     Our consolidated direct operating expenses increased $135.6 million. Our radio broadcasting segment’s direct operating expenses increased approximately $66.8 million primarily from programming and content expenses and new initiatives. Our Americas outdoor direct operating expenses increased $21.3 million primarily from increases in direct production and site lease expenses related to revenue sharing agreements associated with the increase in revenues. Our international outdoor contributed $58.0 million to the consolidated direct operating expense growth primarily from minimum annual guarantees and revenue sharing agreements associated with the increase in revenues. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not have a material impact to our direct operating expenses increase for 2005 compared to 2004.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
     Consolidated SG&A increased $8.3 million primarily from increases of $13.7 million and $28.6 million from our Americas and international outdoor segments, respectively, partially offset by a decline of $36.8 million from our radio broadcasting segment. The increase from Americas outdoor was attributable to increased commission expenses associated with the increase in revenues while the increase in international outdoor was primarily the result of a $26.6 million restructuring charge related to our operations in France. The decline from our radio broadcasting segment was primarily from decreased commission and bad debt expenses associated with the decline in radio revenues. Foreign exchange fluctuations did not have a material impact to our SG&A increase for 2005 compared to 2004.
Gain on Disposition of assets — net
     The gain on the disposition of assets — net in 2005 was $51.4 million related primarily to a $36.7 million gain on the sale of radio operating assets in our San Diego market. The gain on disposition of assets — net in 2004 was $39.6 million and relates primarily to radio operating assets divested in our Salt Lake City market as well as a gain recognized on the swap of outdoor assets.
Interest Expense
     Interest expense increased $75.7 million as a result of higher average debt balances and a higher weighted average cost of debt throughout 2005 as compared to 2004. Our debt balance at the end of 2005 was lower than the end of 2004 as a result of paying down debt with funds generated from our strategic realignment. However, as this did not occur until late in the fourth quarter of 2005 it had a marginal impact on our interest expense for 2005. Our weighted average cost of debt was 5.9% and 5.5% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Gain (Loss) on Marketable Securities
     Gain (loss) on marketable securities declined $47.0 million during 2005 compared to 2004. The loss in 2005 relates entirely to the net change in fair value of certain investment securities that are classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities. The gain on marketable securities for 2004 related primarily to a $47.0 million gain recorded on the sale of our remaining investment in the common stock of Univision Communications Inc., partially offset by the net changes in fair value of certain investment securities that are classified as trading and a related secured forward exchange contract associated with those securities.
Other Income (Expense) — Net
     Other income (expense) – net for the year ended December 31, 2005 increased $41.6 million from expense of $30.3 million in 2004 to income of $11.3 million in 2005. During 2004, we experienced a loss of $31.6 million on the early extinguishment of debt. The income in 2005 was comprised of various miscellaneous amounts.
Income Taxes
     Current income tax expense declined $324.0 million during 2005 as compared to 2004. In addition to lower earnings before tax in the current year, we received approximately $204.7 million in current tax benefits from ordinary losses for tax purposes resulting from restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment, the July 2005 maturity of our Euro denominated bonds, and a current tax benefit related to an amendment on a previously filed tax return. Deferred tax expense increased $251.4 million primarily related to the tax losses discussed above.

39



Table of Contents

Minority Interest, net of tax
     Minority interest expense includes the operating results for the portion of consolidated subsidiaries not owned by us. The major components of our minority interest relate to minority holdings in our Australian street furniture business, Clear Media Limited and CCO, as well as other smaller minority interests. We acquired a controlling majority interest in Clear Media Limited in the third quarter of 2005 and therefore began consolidating its results. We also completed the IPO of 10% of CCO in the fourth quarter of 2005. The increase in minority interest in 2005 as compared to 2004 is the result of these two transactions.
Discontinued Operations
     We completed the spin-off of our live entertainment and sports representation businesses on December 21, 2005. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we reported the results of operations for these businesses through December 21, 2005 in discontinued operations. The spin-off generated a capital loss for tax purposes of approximately $2.4 billion. We utilized approximately $925.5 million of this capital loss to offset taxable capital gains realized in 2005 and previous years, which resulted in a $314.1 million tax benefit which is included in income from discontinued operations in the fourth quarter of 2005. The remaining $1.5 billion of the $2.4 billion capital loss was recorded as a deferred tax asset with an offsetting valuation allowance on our balance sheet at December 31, 2005.
     We had definitive asset purchase agreements signed for the sale of 39 of our radio stations as of December 31, 2006. The results of operations for these stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, are reclassified as discontinued operations.
Cumulative Effect of a Change in Accounting Principle
     The Security and Exchange Commission issued Staff Announcement No. D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other Than Goodwill, at the September 2004 meeting of the Emerging Issues Task Force. The Staff Announcement stated that the residual method should no longer be used to value intangible assets other than goodwill. Rather, a direct method should be used to determine the fair value of all intangible assets other than goodwill required to be recognized under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, Business Combinations. Registrants who have applied a method other than a direct method to the valuation of intangible assets other than goodwill for purposes of impairment testing under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, shall perform an impairment test using a direct value method on all intangible assets other than goodwill that were previously valued using another method by no later than the beginning of their first fiscal year beginning after December 15, 2004.
     Our adoption of the Staff Announcement in the fourth quarter of 2004 resulted in an aggregate carrying value of our FCC licenses and outdoor permits that was in excess of their fair value. The Staff Announcement required us to report the excess value of $4.9 billion, net of tax, as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle.
Radio Broadcasting Results of Operations
Our radio broadcasting operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2005     2004     2005 v. 2004
Revenue
  $ 3,502,508     $ 3,720,445       (6 %)
Direct operating expenses
    958,071       891,275       7 %
Selling, general and administrative expense
    1,207,800       1,244,617       (3 %)
Depreciation and amortization
    139,276       156,485       (11 %)
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 1,197,361     $ 1,428,068       (16 %)
 
                   
     Our radio revenues declined 6% to $3.5 billion during the year compared to 2004. We implemented the Less is More initiative during 2005, which included a reduction of the overall commercial minutes on our radio stations. Also, as part of this initiative, we are reshaping our radio business model with a shift from primarily offering the traditional 60-second commercial to also offering shorter length commercials. Both local and national revenues were down for the year, primarily from the reduction in commercial minutes made available for sale on our radio stations. As a result, the majority of our larger advertising categories declined during the year, including automotive and retail. The decline also includes a reduction of approximately $21.9 million from non-cash trade revenues. However, yield, or revenue divided by total minutes of available inventory, improved throughout the year. Our 30 and 15-second commercials as a percent

40



Table of Contents

of total commercial minutes available experienced a consistent increase throughout the year. Average unit rates also increased as the year progressed.
     Direct operating expenses increased $66.8 million during 2005 as compared to 2004. The increase was driven by approximately $28.4 million in programming and content expenses. Sports broadcasting rights increased approximately $9.5 million primarily related to signing a new sports broadcasting agreement in 2005. Our SG&A declined $36.8 million during the year compared to 2004 primarily from a decline in commission and bad debt expenses associated with the decline in revenue. We also incurred expenses in 2005 related to the development of digital radio and new Internet initiatives.
     Depreciation and amortization declined $17.2 million primarily from accelerated depreciation from asset write-offs during 2004 that did not reoccur during 2005.
Americas Outdoor Advertising Results of Operations
Our Americas outdoor advertising operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2005     2004     2005 v. 2004
Revenue
  $ 1,216,382     $ 1,092,089       11 %
Direct operating expenses
    489,826       468,571       5 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    186,749       173,010       8 %
Depreciation and amortization
    180,559       186,620       (3 %)
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 359,248     $ 263,888       36 %
 
                   
     Our Americas outdoor advertising revenue increased $124.3 million, or 11%, during 2005 as compared to 2004. The increase was mainly due to an increase in bulletin and poster revenues attributable to increased rates during 2005. Increased revenues from our airport, street furniture and transit advertising displays also contributed to the revenue increase. Growth occurred across our markets including strong growth in New York, Miami, Houston, Seattle, Cleveland and Las Vegas. Strong advertising client categories for 2005 included business and consumer services, entertainment and amusements, retail and telecommunications.
     Direct operating expenses increased $21.3 million, or 5%, during 2005 compared to 2004. The increase is primarily related to increased site lease expenses from higher revenue sharing rentals on our transit, mall and wallscape inventory as well as increase in direct production expenses, all associated with the increase in revenues. SG&A increased $13.7 million primarily from increased commission expenses associated with the increase in revenues.
     Depreciation and amortization declined $6.1 million in 2005 as compared to 2004 primarily from fewer display removals during the current period, which resulted in less accelerated depreciation. During 2004, we suffered hurricane damage on some of our billboards in Florida and the Gulf Coast which required us to write-off the remaining book value of these structures as additional depreciation and amortization expense in 2004.
International Outdoor Results of Operations
Our international operating results were as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    Years Ended December 31,     % Change
    2005     2004     2005 v. 2004
Revenue
  $ 1,449,696     $ 1,354,951       7 %
Direct operating expenses
    851,635       793,630       7 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    355,045       326,447       9 %
Depreciation and amortization
    220,080       201,597       9 %
 
                   
Operating income
  $ 22,936     $ 33,277       (31 %)
 
                   
     International revenues increased $94.7 million, or 7%, during 2005 compared to 2004. Revenue growth was attributable to increases in our street furniture and transit revenues. We also experienced improved yield on our street furniture inventory during 2005 compared to 2004. We acquired a controlling majority interest in Clear Media Limited, a Chinese outdoor advertising company, during the third quarter of 2005, which we had previously accounted for as an equity method investment. Clear Media contributed approximately $47.4 million to the revenue increase. Leading

41



Table of Contents

markets contributing to the Company’s international revenue growth were China, Italy, the United Kingdom and Australia. The Company faced challenges in France throughout 2005, with revenues declining from 2004. Strong advertising categories during 2005 were food and drink, retail, media and entertainment, business and consumer services and financial services.
          Direct operating expenses grew $58.0 million, or 7%, during 2005 compared to 2004. Included in the increase is approximately $18.3 million from our consolidation of Clear Media. Approximately $33.2 million of the increase was attributable to increases in revenue sharing and minimum annual guarantees partially from consolidating Clear Media and new contracts entered in 2005. SG&A expenses increased $28.6 million primarily from $26.6 million in restructuring costs from restructuring our business in France during the third quarter of 2005.
          Depreciation and amortization increased $18.5 million during 2005 as compared to 2004 primarily from our consolidation of Clear Media.
Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
                 
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
Radio Broadcasting
  $ 1,197,361     $ 1,428,068  
Americas Outdoor Advertising
    359,248       263,888  
International Outdoor Advertising
    22,936       33,277  
Other
    30,694       52,496  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    51,355       39,576  
Corporate
    (190,401 )     (188,096 )
 
           
Consolidated operating income
  $ 1,471,193     $ 1,629,209  
 
           
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Agreement and Plan of Merger
          On November 16, 2006, we entered into the Merger Agreement with BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc. (“Merger Sub”), B Triple Crown Finco, LLC and T Triple Crown Finco, LLC (together with B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, the “Fincos”), which provides for our recapitalization by the merger of Merger Sub with and into us. The Fincos are owned by a consortium of equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P.
          It is anticipated that the funds necessary to consummate the merger and related transactions will be funded by new credit facilities, private and/or public offerings of debt securities and equity financing. Under the Merger Agreement, we have agreed to commence, and to cause AMFM Operating Inc. to commence, debt tender offers to purchase our existing 7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010 and AMFM Operating Inc.’s existing 8% Senior Notes due 2008 (the “Repurchased Existing Notes”). As part of the debt tender offers, we and AMFM Operating Inc. will solicit the consent of the holders to amend, eliminate or waive certain sections (as specified by the Fincos) of the applicable indenture governing the Repurchased Existing Notes. The closing of the debt tender offers will be conditioned on the occurrence of the closing of the merger, but the closing of the merger and the debt financing are not conditioned upon the closing of the debt tender offers. The debt commitments are not conditioned on nor do they require or contemplate the acquisition of the outstanding public shares of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings. The debt commitments do not require or contemplate any changes to the existing cash management and intercompany arrangements between us and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings. The consummation of the merger will not permit Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings to terminate these arrangements and we may continue to use the cash flows of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings for our own general corporate purposes pursuant to the terms of the existing cash management and intercompany arrangements between us and Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, which may include making payments on the new debt.
          Our capitalization, liquidity and capital resources will change substantially if the merger is approved by our shareholders. Upon the closing of the merger, we will be highly leveraged. Our liquidity requirements will be significant, primarily due to debt service requirements and financing costs relating to the indebtedness expected to be incurred in connection with the closing of the refinancing transactions.

42



Table of Contents

          Under the Merger Agreement, we have agreed among other things that, subject to certain exceptions, until completion of the merger, we will not take any of the following actions unless the private equity funds give their prior written consent:
    Issue, sell, pledge, dispose, encumber or grant any equity securities or convertible securities of ours, except in limited circumstances with respect to certain shares and stock options pursuant to employee benefit plans;
 
    Acquire any business organization or any division thereof or any material amount of assets with a purchase price in excess of $150.0 million in the aggregate;
 
    Adjust, recapitalize, reclassify, combine, split, subdivide, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities or convertible securities of ours;
 
    Create, incur, guarantee or assume any indebtedness except for indebtedness: (i) incurred under our existing $1.75 billion credit facility, (ii) for borrowed money incurred pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Merger Agreement, (iii) as otherwise required in the ordinary course of our business consistent with past practice, or (iv) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250.0 million;
 
    Sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage or otherwise encumber, or subject to any lien or otherwise dispose of any asset or any portion of our properties or assets with a sale price in excess of $50.0 million except for the announced plan to sell 448 of our radio stations and all of our television stations;
 
    Make any capital expenditure in excess of $50.0 million individually, or $100.0 million in the aggregate, except for any capital expenditures in aggregate amounts consistent with past practice or as required pursuant to new contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Cash Flows
                         
    Years Ended December 31,
(In thousands)   2006   2005   2004
Cash provided by (used in):
                       
Operating activities
  $ 1,841,579     $ 1,400,261     $ 1,541,555  
Investing activities
  $ (641,413 )   $ (387,186 )   $ 159,476  
Financing activities
  $ (1,178,610 )   $ (1,061,392 )   $ (1,800,995 )
Discontinued operations
  $ 9,662     $ 99,764     $ 124,329  
Operating Activities
          2006
          Net cash flow from operating activities of $1.8 billion for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects net income from continuing operations of $688.8 million and depreciation and amortization of $633.8 million. Net cash flows from operating activities also reflects an increase of $202.3 million in accounts receivable as a result of the increase in revenue and a $390.4 million federal income tax refund related to restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment and the utilization of a portion of the capital loss generated on the spin-off of Live Nation, Inc.
          2005
          Net cash flow from operating activities of $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflects net income from continuing operations of $633.6 million and depreciation and amortization of $628.0 million Net cash flows from operating activities also reflects decreases in accounts payable, other accrued expenses and income taxes payable. Taxes payable decreased principally as result of the carryback of capital tax losses generated on the spin-off of Live Nation which were used to offset taxes paid on previously recognized taxable capital gains as well as approximately $210.5 million in current tax benefits from ordinary losses for tax purposes resulting from restructuring our international businesses consistent with our strategic realignment, the July 2005 maturity of our Euro denominated bonds, and a current tax benefit related to an amendment on a previously filed tax return.
          2004
          Net cash flow from operating activities of $1.5 billion for the year ended December 31, 2004 principally reflects a net loss of $4.0 billion, adjusted for non-cash charges of $4.9 billion for the adoption of Topic D-108 and depreciation and amortization of $627.9 million. Net cash flow from operating activities was negatively impacted during the year ended December 31, 2004 by $150.0 million, primarily related to the taxes paid on the gain from the sale of our remaining shares of Univision, which was partially offset by the tax loss related to the partial redemption of our

43



Table of Contents

Euro denominated debt. Net cash flow from operating activities also reflects increases in prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued interest, income taxes and other expenses, partially offset by decreases in accounts receivables and other current assets.
Investing Activities
          2006
          Net cash used in investing activities of $641.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects capital expenditures of $350.5 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment and $362.2 million primarily related to acquisitions of operating assets, partially offset by proceeds from the sale other assets of $100.3 million.
          2005
          Net cash used in investing activities of $387.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflects capital expenditures of $325.7 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment and $165.2 million primarily related to acquisitions of operating assets, partially offset by proceeds from the sale other assets of $102.0 million.
          2004
          Net cash provided by investing activities of $159.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 principally includes proceeds of $627.5 million related to the sale of investments, primarily the sale of our Univision shares. These proceeds were partially offset by capital expenditures of $283.2 million related to purchases of property, plant and equipment and $212.7 million related to acquisitions of operating assets.
Financing Activities
          2006
          Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2006 principally reflects $1.4 billion in share repurchases, $382.8 million in dividend payments, partially offset by the net increase in debt of $601.3 million and proceeds from the exercise of stock options of $57.4 million.
          2005
          Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2005 principally reflect the net reduction in debt of $288.7 million, $343.3 million in dividend payments, $1.1 billion in share repurchases, all partially offset by the proceeds from the initial public offering of CCO of $600.6 million, and proceeds of $40.2 million related to the exercise of stock options.
          2004
          Financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2004 principally reflect payments for share repurchases of $1.8 billion and dividends paid of $255.9 million, partially offset by the net increase in debt of $264.9 million and proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options of $31.5 million.
Discontinued Operations
          We had definitive asset purchase agreements signed for the sale of 39 of our radio stations as of December 31, 2006. The cash flows from these stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, are reported during 2006, 2005 and 2004 as cash flows from discontinued operations. Additionally, we completed the spin-off of Live Nation on December 21, 2005. Therefore, we reported cash flows from Live Nation as discontinued operations on our consolidated statements of cash flows for 2005 and 2004.
Anticipated Cash Requirements
          We expect to fund anticipated cash requirements (including payments of principal and interest on outstanding indebtedness and commitments, acquisitions, anticipated capital expenditures, share repurchases and dividends) for the foreseeable future with cash flows from operations and various externally generated funds.

44



Table of Contents

Sources of Capital
As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, we had the following debt outstanding and cash and cash equivalents:
(In millions)
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
Credit facilities
  $ 966.5     $ 292.4  
Long-term bonds (a)
    6,531.6       6,537.0  
Other borrowings
    164.9       217.1  
 
           
Total Debt
    7,663.0       7,046.5  
Less: Cash and cash equivalents
    114.0       82.8  
 
           
 
  $ 7,549.0     $ 6,963.7  
 
           
 
(a)   Includes $7.1 million and $10.5 million in unamortized fair value purchase accounting adjustment premiums related to the merger with AMFM at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Also includes negative $29.8 million and $29.0 million related to fair value adjustments for interest rate swap agreements at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Credit Facility
          We have a multi-currency revolving credit facility in the amount of $1.75 billion, which can be used for general working capital purposes including commercial paper support as well as to fund capital expenditures, share repurchases, acquisitions and the refinancing of public debt securities. At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance on this facility was $966.5 million and, taking into account letters of credit of $75.3 million, $708.2 million was available for future borrowings, with the entire balance to be repaid on July 12, 2009.
          During the year ended December 31, 2006, we made principal payments totaling $2.7 billion and drew down $3.4 billion on the credit facility. As of February 22, 2007, the credit facility’s outstanding balance was $1.1 billion and, taking into account outstanding letters of credit, $571.8 million was available for future borrowings.
Debt Offering
          On March 21, 2006, we completed a debt offering of $500.0 million 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011. Interest is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds of approximately $497.5 million were used to repay borrowings under our bank credit facility. On August 15, 2006 we completed an additional $250.0 million issuance of our 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011 originally issued March 21, 2006. The net proceeds of approximately $253.4 million, including accrued interest, were used to repay borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facility.
Other Borrowings
          Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $164.9 million balance at December 31, 2006 is $86.4 million that matures in less than one year, which we have historically refinanced with new twelve month notes and anticipate these refinancings to continue.
Guarantees of Third Party Obligations
          As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, we guaranteed the debt of third parties of approximately $0.4 million and $12.1 million, respectively, primarily related to long-term operating contracts. The third parties’ associated operating assets secure a substantial portion of these obligations.
Disposal of Assets
          During 2006, we received $100.3 million of proceeds related primarily to the sale of various broadcasting operating assets.
Shelf Registration
          On August 30, 2006, we filed a Registration Statement on Form S-3 covering the issuance of debt securities, junior subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, common stock, warrants, stock purchase contracts and stock purchase units. The shelf registration statement also covers preferred securities that may be issued from time to time by our three Delaware statutory business trusts and guarantees of such preferred securities by us. This shelf registration statement was automatically effective on August 31, 2006 for a period of three years.

45



Table of Contents

Debt Covenants
          The significant covenants on our $1.75 billion five-year, multi-currency revolving credit facility relate to leverage and interest coverage contained and defined in the credit agreement. The leverage ratio covenant requires us to maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) of less than 5.25x. The interest coverage covenant requires us to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) to interest expense of 2.50x. In the event that we do not meet these covenants, we are considered to be in default on the credit facility at which time the credit facility may become immediately due. At December 31, 2006, our leverage and interest coverage ratios were 3.4x and 4.7x, respectively. This credit facility contains a cross default provision that would be triggered if we were to default on any other indebtedness greater than $200.0 million.
          Our other indebtedness does not contain provisions that would make it a default if we were to default on our credit facility.
          The fees we pay on our $1.75 billion, five-year multi-currency revolving credit facility depend on our long-term debt ratings. Based on our current ratings level of BBB-/Baa3, our fees on borrowings are a 45.0 basis point spread to LIBOR and are 17.5 basis points on the total $1.75 billion facility. In the event our ratings improve, the fee on borrowings and facility fee decline gradually to 20.0 basis points and 9.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of A/A3 or better. In the event that our ratings decline, the fee on borrowings and facility fee increase gradually to 120.0 basis points and 30.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of BB/Ba2 or lower.
          We believe there are no other agreements that contain provisions that trigger an event of default upon a change in long-term debt ratings that would have a material impact to our financial statements.
          Additionally, our 8% senior notes due 2008, which were originally issued by AMFM Operating Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Clear Channel, contain certain restrictive covenants that limit the ability of AMFM Operating Inc. to incur additional indebtedness, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends, consolidate, or effect certain asset sales.
          At December 31, 2006, we were in compliance with all debt covenants.
Uses of Capital
Dividends
          Our Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends as follows:
(In millions, except per share data)
                         
    Amount            
    per            
Declaration   Common           Total
Date   Share   Record Date   Payment Date   Payment
    0.1875     December 31, 2005   January 15, 2006   $ 100.9  
    0.1875     March 31, 2006   April 15, 2006     95.5  
    0.1875     June 30, 2006   July 15, 2006     94.0  
    0.1875     September 30, 2006   October 15, 2006     92.4  
    0.1875     December 31, 2006   January 15, 2007     92.6  
          Additionally, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of 18.75 cents per share of our Common Stock on February, 21 2007 to be paid April 15, 2007 to shareholders of record on March 31, 2007.
Derivative Instruments
          Our wholly owned subsidiary, Clear Channel Investments, Inc., terminated its secured forward exchange contract with respect to 8.3 million shares of its investment in XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc. on August 2, 2006 by paying the counterparty approximately $83.1 million. The accreted value of the debt was $92.9 million and the fair value of the collar was an asset of $6.0 million resulting in a net gain of approximately $3.8 million.

46



Table of Contents

Debt Maturity
          On November 1, 2006, we redeemed our 6% Senior Notes at their maturity for $750.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from our bank credit facility.
          On February 1, 2007, we redeemed our 3.125% Senior Notes at their maturity for $250.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from our bank credit facility.
Acquisitions
          Our subsidiary, Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc., or CCO, completed the acquisition of Interspace on July 1, 2006, by issuing 4.2 million shares of CCO’s Class A Common Stock and approximately $81.3 million in cash. The acquisition was valued at approximately $170.4 million based on CCO’s common shares issued at the closing price on the date of acquisition and the cash consideration paid. The terms of the acquisition provide for additional consideration based on Interspace’s financial performance. As a result, we have accrued $20.9 million of additional purchase consideration as of December 31, 2006.
          We acquired radio stations for $16.4 million and a music scheduling company for $44.3 million in cash and $10.0 million of deferred purchase consideration during the year ended December 31, 2006. We also acquired Americas and international outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $242.4 million in cash, which includes cash paid for Interspace. We also exchanged assets in one of our Americas outdoor markets for assets located in a different market. In addition, our national representation firm acquired representation contracts for $38.1 million in cash and our television business acquired a station for $21.0 million in cash.
Capital Expenditures
(In millions)
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2006 Capital Expenditures  
            Americas     International     Corporate and        
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
Non-revenue producing
  $ 99.7     $ 33.7     $ 46.3     $ 16.9     $ 196.6  
Revenue producing
          56.8       97.1             153.9  
 
                             
 
  $ 99.7     $ 90.5     $ 143.4     $ 16.9     $ 350.5  
 
                             
          We define non-revenue producing capital expenditures as those expenditures that are required on a recurring basis. Revenue producing capital expenditures are discretionary capital investments for new revenue streams, similar to an acquisition.
Treasury Stock Transactions
          Our Board of Directors approved two separate share repurchase programs during 2004, each for $1.0 billion. On February 1, 2005, our Board of Directors approved a third $1.0 billion share repurchase program. On August 9, 2005, our Board of Directors authorized an increase in and extension of the February 2005 program, which had $307.4 million remaining, by $692.6 million, for a total of $1.0 billion. On March 9, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized an additional share repurchase program, permitting us to repurchase $600.0 million of our common stock. On September 6, 2006, our Board of Directors authorized an additional share repurchase program, permitting us to repurchase an additional $1.0 billion of our common stock. This increase expires on September 6, 2007, although the program may be discontinued or suspended at anytime prior to its expiration. As of December 31, 2006, 130.9 million shares had been repurchased for an aggregate purchase price of $4.3 billion, including commissions and fees, under the share repurchase programs. We did not repurchase any shares during the fourth quarter of 2006. No additional shares have been repurchased subsequent to December 31, 2006 as the share repurchase program has been suspended, but may be recommenced at any time without notice subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement.
Commitments, Contingencies and Future Obligations
Commitments and Contingencies
          There are various lawsuits and claims pending against us. We believe that any ultimate liability resulting from those actions or claims will not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position or liquidity. Although we have recorded accruals based on our current assumptions of the future liability for these lawsuits, it is possible that future results of operations could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings. See also “Item 3. Legal Proceedings” and “Note I – Commitments and Contingencies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 included elsewhere in this Report.

47



Table of Contents

          Certain agreements relating to acquisitions provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired companies generally over a one to five year period. We will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact our financial position or results of operations.
Future Obligations
          In addition to our scheduled maturities on our debt, we have future cash obligations under various types of contracts. We lease office space, certain broadcast facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by our outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of our lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for our payment of utilities and maintenance.
          We have minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable us to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions that are calculated as the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. Also, we have non-cancelable contracts in our radio broadcasting operations related to program rights and music license fees.
          In the normal course of business, our broadcasting operations have minimum future payments associated with employee and talent contracts. These contracts typically contain cancellation provisions that allow us to cancel the contract with good cause.
          The scheduled maturities of our credit facility, other long-term debt outstanding, future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable lease agreements, minimum payments under other non-cancelable contracts, payments under employment/talent contracts, capital expenditure commitments, and other long-term obligations as of December 31, 2006 are as follows:
                                         
    Payment due by Period  
(In thousands)           Less than     1 to 3             More than  
Contractual Obligations   Total     1 year     Years     3 to 5 Years     5 Years  
Long-term Debt
                                       
Credit Facility
  $ 966,488             966,488              
Other Long-term Debt
    6,736,250       336,380       1,867,601       2,002,415       2,529,854  
Interest payments on long-term debt
    2,079,141       378,863       620,233       401,986       678,059  
 
                                       
Non-Cancelable Operating Leases
    2,228,976       318,652       559,015       402,436       948,873  
Non-Cancelable Contracts
    2,814,093       673,672       978,709       471,469       690,243  
Employment/Talent Contracts
    399,156       170,072       180,540       37,977       10,567  
Capital Expenditures
    181,469       95,032       65,242       13,465       7,730  
Other long-term obligations(1)
    290,601             47,148       113,094       130,359  
 
                             
Total(2)
  $ 15,696,174     $ 1,972,671     $ 5,284,976     $ 3,442,842     $ 4,995,685  
 
                             
 
(1)   Other long-term obligations consist of $59.3 million related to asset retirement obligations recorded pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards No. 143, Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations, which assumes the underlying assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. Also included is $103.0 million related to the maturity value of loans secured by forward exchange contracts that we accrete to maturity using the effective interest method and can be settled in cash or the underlying shares. These contracts had an accreted value of $81.8 million and the underlying shares had a fair value of $108.9 million recorded on our consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2006. Also included in the table is $66.3 million related to deferred compensation and retirement plans.
 
(2)   Excluded from the table is $98.3 million related to the fair value of interest rate swap agreements, cross-currency swap agreements, and secured forward exchange contracts. Also excluded is $399.4 million related to various obligations with no specific contractual commitment or maturity.

48



Table of Contents

Market Risk
Interest Rate Risk
          At December 31, 2006, approximately 31% of our long-term debt, including fixed-rate debt on which we have entered into interest rate swap agreements, bears interest at variable rates. Accordingly, our earnings are affected by changes in interest rates. Assuming the current level of borrowings at variable rates and assuming a two percentage point change in the year’s average interest rate under these borrowings, it is estimated that our 2006 interest expense would have changed by $48.0 million and that our 2006 net income would have changed by $28.3 million. In the event of an adverse change in interest rates, management may take actions to further mitigate its exposure. However, due to the uncertainty of the actions that would be taken and their possible effects, this interest rate analysis assumes no such actions. Further, the analysis does not consider the effects of the change in the level of overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment.
          At December 31, 2006, we had entered into interest rate swap agreements with a $1.3 billion aggregate notional amount that effectively float interest at rates based upon LIBOR. These agreements expire from February 2007 to March 2012. The fair value of these agreements at December 31, 2006 was a liability of $29.8 million.
          On February 1, 2007, our 3.125% Senior Notes and the related interest rate swap agreement matured.
Equity Price Risk
          The carrying value of our available-for-sale and trading equity securities is affected by changes in their quoted market prices. It is estimated that a 20% change in the market prices of these securities would change their carrying value at December 31, 2006 by $45.9 million and would change accumulated comprehensive income (loss) and net income by $18.2 million and $8.8 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006, we also held $16.5 million of investments that do not have a quoted market price, but are subject to fluctuations in their value.
          We maintain derivative instruments on certain of our available-for-sale and trading equity securities to limit our exposure to and benefit from price fluctuations on those securities.
Foreign Currency
          We have operations in countries throughout the world. Foreign operations are measured in their local currencies except in hyper-inflationary countries in which we operate. As a result, our financial results could be affected by factors such as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or weak economic conditions in the foreign markets in which we have operations. To mitigate a portion of the exposure of international currency fluctuations, we maintain a natural hedge through borrowings in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition, we have U.S. dollar – Euro cross currency swaps which are also designated as a hedge of our net investment in Euro denominated assets. These hedge positions are reviewed monthly. Our foreign operations reported net income of $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. It is estimated that a 10% change in the value of the U.S. dollar to foreign currencies would change net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 by $2.1 million.
          Our earnings are also affected by fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar as compared to foreign currencies as a result of our investments in various countries, all of which are accounted for under the equity method. It is estimated that the result of a 10% fluctuation in the value of the dollar relative to these foreign currencies at December 31, 2006 would change our 2006 equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates by $3.8 million and would change our net income for the same period by approximately $2.2 million.
          This analysis does not consider the implications that such fluctuations could have on the overall economic activity that could exist in such an environment in the U.S. or the foreign countries or on the results of operations of these foreign entities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
          In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments (“Statement 155”). Statement 155 is an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“Statement 133”) and FASB Statement 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“Statement 140”) and allows companies to elect to measure at fair value entire financial instruments containing embedded derivatives that would otherwise have to be accounted for separately. Statement 155 also requires companies to identify interest in securitized financial assets that are freestanding derivatives or contain embedded derivatives that would have to be

49



Table of Contents

accounted for separately, clarifies which interest- and principal-only strips are subject to Statement 133, and amends Statement 140 to revise the conditions of a qualifying special purpose entity due to the new requirement to identify whether interests in securitized financial assets are freestanding derivatives or contain embedded derivatives. Statement 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. We adopted Statement 155 on January 1, 2007. The adoption did not materially impact our financial position or results of operations.
          In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a recognition threshold for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that entities recognize in their financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2006. We continue to evaluate the impact of FIN 48 but do not believe that it will have a material impact on our financial statements.
          In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement 157”). Statement 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Statement 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Statement 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Statement 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We will adopt Statement 157 on January 1, 2008 and anticipate that adoption will not materially impact our financial position or results of operations.
          In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“Statement 158”). Statement 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The portions of Statement 158 that apply to us are effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. We adopted Statement 158 as of December 31, 2006 and adoption did not materially impact our financial position or results of operations.
Critical Accounting Estimates
          The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates that are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The result of these evaluations forms the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the reported amount of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Because future events and their effects cannot be determined with certainty, actual results could differ from our assumptions and estimates, and such difference could be material. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note A, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and related disclosures with our independent auditor and the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors. The following narrative describes these critical accounting estimates, the judgments and assumptions and the effect if actual results differ from these assumptions.
Stock Based Compensation
          Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for our share-based payments under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and related Interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock Based Compensation (“Statement 123”). Under that method, when options were granted with a strike price equal to or greater than market price on date of issuance, there is no impact on earnings either on the date of grant or thereafter, absent certain modifications to the options. Subsequent to January 1, 2006, we account for stock based compensation in accordance with FAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the

50



Table of Contents

vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially impacted.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
          We evaluate the collectibility of our accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, we record a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what we believe will be collected. For all other customers, we recognize reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenues for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions.
          If our agings were to improve or deteriorate resulting in a 10% change in our allowance, it is estimated that our 2006 bad debt expense would have changed by $5.8 million and our 2006 net income would have changed by $3.4 million.
Long-Lived Assets
          Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment when events and circumstances indicate that depreciable and amortizable long-lived assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. When specific assets are determined to be unrecoverable, the cost basis of the asset is reduced to reflect the current fair market value.
          We use various assumptions in determining the current fair market value of these assets, including future expected cash flows and discount rates, as well as future salvage values. Our impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows, including forecasting useful lives of the assets and selecting the discount rate that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows.
          Using the impairment review described, we found no impairment charge required for the year ended December 31, 2006. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be exposed to future impairment losses that could be material to our results of operations.
Goodwill
          Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations. We review goodwill for potential impairment annually using the income approach to determine the fair value of our reporting units. The fair value of our reporting units is used to apply value to the net assets of each reporting unit. To the extent that the carrying amount of net assets would exceed the fair value, an impairment charge may be required to be recorded.
          The income approach we use for valuing goodwill involves estimating future cash flows expected to be generated from the related assets, discounted to their present value using a risk-adjusted discount rate. Terminal values were also estimated and discounted to their present value. In accordance with Statement 142, we performed our annual impairment tests as of October 1, 2004, 2005 and 2006 on goodwill. No impairment charges resulted from these tests. We may incur additional impairment charges in future periods under Statement 142 to the extent we do not achieve our expected cash flow growth rates, and to the extent that market values and long-term interest rates in general decrease and increase, respectively.
Indefinite-lived Assets
          Indefinite-lived assets are reviewed annually for possible impairment using the direct method as prescribed in SEC Staff Announcement No. D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other Than Goodwill. Under the direct method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
     Our key assumptions using the direct method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average station within a market.

51



Table of Contents

     If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and estimates, we may be exposed to impairment charges in the future. Our annual impairment test was performed as of October 1, 2006, which resulted in no impairment.
Tax Accruals
          The Internal Revenue Service and other taxing authorities routinely examine our tax returns. From time to time, the IRS challenges certain of our tax positions. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and we would vigorously defend these positions if challenged. The final disposition of any positions challenged by the IRS could require us to make additional tax payments. We believe that we have adequately accrued for any foreseeable payments resulting from tax examinations and consequently do not anticipate any material impact upon their ultimate resolution.
          The estimate of our tax accruals contains uncertainty because management uses judgment to estimate the exposure associated with our various filing positions.
          Although management believes that our estimates and judgments are reasonable, actual results could differ, and we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. To the extent there are changes in the expected outcome of tax examinations, our effective tax rate in a given financial statement period could be materially affected.
Litigation Accruals
          We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims.
          Management’s estimates used have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies.
          It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.
Insurance Accruals
          We are currently self-insured beyond certain retention amounts for various insurance coverages, including general liability and property and casualty. Accruals are recorded based on estimates of actual claims filed, historical payouts, existing insurance coverage and projections of future development of costs related to existing claims.
          Our self-insured liabilities contain uncertainties because management must make assumptions and apply judgment to estimate the ultimate cost to settle reported claims and claims incurred but not reported as of December 31, 2006.
          If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments, we may be exposed to gains or losses that could be material. A 10% change in our self-insurance liabilities at December 31, 2006, would have affected net earnings by approximately $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006.
Inflation
          Inflation has affected our performance in terms of higher costs for wages, salaries and equipment. Although the exact impact of inflation is indeterminable, we believe we have offset these higher costs by increasing the effective advertising rates of most of our broadcasting stations and outdoor display faces.
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
          The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is as follows:
                 
Year Ended December 31,
2006   2005   2004   2003   2002
2.35
  2.31   2.86   3.64   2.58
          The ratio of earnings to fixed charges was computed on a total enterprise basis. Earnings represent income from continuing operations before income taxes less equity in undistributed net income (loss) of unconsolidated affiliates plus fixed charges. Fixed charges represent interest, amortization of debt discount and expense, and the estimated interest portion of rental charges. We had no preferred stock outstanding for any period presented.

52



Table of Contents

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Required information is within Item 7

53



Table of Contents

ITEM 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The consolidated financial statements and notes related thereto were prepared by and are the responsibility of management. The financial statements and related notes were prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and include amounts based upon management’s best estimates and judgments.
It is management’s objective to ensure the integrity and objectivity of its financial data through systems of internal controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that all transactions are properly recorded in our books and records, that assets are safeguarded from unauthorized use and that financial records are reliable to serve as a basis for preparation of financial statements.
The financial statements have been audited by our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, to the extent required by auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and, accordingly, they have expressed their professional opinion on the financial statements in their report included herein.
The Board of Directors meets with the independent registered public accounting firm and management periodically to satisfy itself that they are properly discharging their responsibilities. The independent registered public accounting firm has unrestricted access to the Board, without management present, to discuss the results of their audit and the quality of financial reporting and internal accounting controls.
     
   
 
Chief Executive Officer
   
 
   
   
 
President and Chief Financial Officer
   
 
   
   
 
Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer
   

54



Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the index as Item 15(a)2. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.
As discussed in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company changed its method of accounting for share-based compensation.
As discussed in Note C to the consolidated financial statements, in 2004 the Company changed its method of accounting for indefinite lived intangibles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report, dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
         
  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP    
San Antonio, Texas
February 26, 2007

55



Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
ASSETS
(In thousands)
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
CURRENT ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 114,004     $ 82,786  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $57,799 in 2006 and $47,061 in 2005
    1,695,348       1,505,650  
Prepaid expenses
    122,845       114,452  
Other current assets
    266,141       278,294  
Income taxes receivable
    7,392       417,112  
 
           
Total Current Assets
    2,205,730       2,398,294  
 
               
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
               
Land, buildings and improvements
    896,515       853,249  
Structures
    3,601,653       3,327,326  
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment
    872,400       866,060  
Furniture and other equipment
    557,096       596,560  
Construction in progress
    92,647       90,611  
 
           
 
    6,020,311       5,733,806  
Less accumulated depreciation
    2,799,355       2,495,870  
 
           
 
    3,220,956       3,237,936  
 
Property, plant and equipment from discontinued operations, net
    15,254       17,713  
 
               
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
               
Definite-lived intangibles, net
    522,817       480,790  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — licenses
    4,326,592       4,307,289  
Indefinite-lived intangibles — permits
    260,950       207,921  
Goodwill
    7,449,851       7,068,364  
 
Intangible assets from discontinued operations, net
    49,842       48,865  
 
               
OTHER ASSETS
               
Notes receivable
    7,587       8,745  
Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates
    314,647       300,223  
Other assets
    270,204       302,655  
Other investments
    245,749       324,581  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 18,890,179     $ 18,703,376  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

56



Table of Contents

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
CURRENT LIABILITIES
               
Accounts payable
  $ 156,921     $ 250,563  
Accrued expenses
    893,045       731,105  
Accrued interest
    112,049       97,515  
Current portion of long-term debt
    336,375       891,185  
Deferred income
    143,691       116,670  
Other current liabilities
    21,765       20,275  
 
           
Total Current Liabilities
    1,663,846       2,107,313  
 
               
Long-term debt
    7,326,700       6,155,363  
Other long-term obligations
    68,509       119,655  
Deferred income taxes
    740,818       533,631  
Other long-term liabilities
    698,574       670,590  
 
Minority interest
    349,391       290,362  
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note I)
               
 
               
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Preferred Stock — Class A, par value $1.00 per share, authorized 2,000,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding
    ¾       ¾  
Preferred Stock — Class B, par value $1.00 per share, authorized 8,000,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding
    ¾       ¾  
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share, authorized 1,500,000,000 shares, issued 493,982,851 and 538,287,763 shares in 2006 and 2005, respectively
    49,399       53,829  
Additional paid-in capital
    26,745,687       27,945,725  
Retained deficit
    (19,054,365 )     (19,371,411 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    304,975       201,928  
Cost of shares (114,449 in 2006 and 113,890 in 2005) held in treasury
    (3,355 )     (3,609 )
 
           
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    8,042,341       8,826,462  
 
           
 
               
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 18,890,179     $ 18,703,376  
 
           
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

57



Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(In thousands, except per share data)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
Revenue
  $ 7,066,957     $ 6,578,805     $ 6,600,954  
Operating expenses:
                       
Direct operating expenses (includes share-based payments of $17,327, $212 and $930 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    2,650,093       2,457,044       2,321,459  
Selling, general and administrative expenses (includes share-based payments of $17,825 in 2006 and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    1,968,869       1,902,837       1,894,550  
Depreciation and amortization
    633,823       628,010       627,924  
Corporate expenses (includes share-based payments of $9,126, $5,869 and $2,666 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively and excludes depreciation and amortization)
    201,752       171,076       167,388  
Merger expenses
    7,633              
Gain on disposition of assets — net
    69,330       51,355       39,576  
 
                 
Operating income
    1,674,117       1,471,193       1,629,209  
Interest expense
    483,974       443,245       367,503  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    2,306       (702 )     46,271  
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    37,478       38,338       22,285  
Other income (expense) — net
    (8,421 )     11,267       (30,293 )
 
                 
Income before income taxes, minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    1,221,506       1,076,851       1,299,969  
Income tax benefit (expense):
                       
Current
    (298,962 )     (43,616 )     (367,599 )
Deferred
    (201,855 )     (381,740 )     (130,314 )
 
                 
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (500,817 )     (425,356 )     (497,913 )
Minority interest expense, net of tax
    31,927       17,847       7,602  
 
                 
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    688,762       633,648       794,454  
Income from discontinued operations, net
    2,755       302,014       51,345  
 
                 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    691,517       935,662       845,799  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax of $2,959,003
                (4,883,968 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )
 
                 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    92,810       28,643       50,722  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                       
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (60,516 )     (48,492 )     47,802  
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
    76,132       56,634       (65,827 )
Adjustment for (gain) included in net (loss)
                (32,513 )
 
                 
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 799,943     $ 972,447     $ (4,037,985 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) per common share:
                       
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Basic
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
Discontinued operations — Basic
    .01       .55       .09  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Basic
    ¾       ¾       (8.19 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) — Basic
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.77 )
 
                 
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Diluted
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
Discontinued operations — Diluted
    .01       .55       .08  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Diluted
    ¾       ¾       (8.16 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) — Diluted
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.75 )
 
                 
Dividends declared per share
  $ .75     $ .69     $ .45  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

58



Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(In thousands, except share data)
                                                                   
                                      Accumulated                      
    Common               Additional             Other                      
    Shares       Common     Paid-in     Retained     Comprehensive             Treasury        
    Issued       Stock     Capital     (Deficit)     Income (Loss)     Other     Stock     Total  
Balances at December 31, 2003
    616,321,231       $ 61,632     $ 30,950,820     $ (15,630,387 )   $ 194,406     $ (1,293 )   $ (21,239 )   $ 15,553,939  
Net loss
                              (4,038,169 )                             (4,038,169 )
Dividends declared
                              (265,221 )                             (265,221 )
Common Stock issued for business acquisitions
    933,521         93       31,405                                       31,498  
Purchase of common shares
                                                      (1,841,482 )     (1,841,482 )
Treasury shares retired and cancelled
    (51,553,602 )       (5,155 )     (1,838,115 )                             1,843,270       ¾  
Exercise of stock options and other
    1,871,586         187       36,711                               6,747       43,645  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      2,774                       1,080       (170 )     3,684  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      50,722                       50,722  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      (65,827 )                     (65,827 )
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      15,289                       15,289  
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2004
    567,572,736         56,757       29,183,595       (19,933,777 )     194,590       (213 )     (12,874 )     9,488,078  
Net income
                              935,662                               935,662  
Dividends declared
                              (373,296 )                             (373,296 )
Spin-off of Live Nation
                      (687,206 )             (29,447 )                     (716,653 )
Gain on sale of subsidiary common stock
                      479,699                                       479,699  
Purchase of common shares
                                                      (1,070,204 )     (1,070,204 )
Treasury shares retired and cancelled
    (32,800,471 )       (3,280 )     (1,067,175 )                             1,070,455        
Exercise of stock options and other
    3,515,498         352       31,012                               8,558       39,922  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      5,800                       213       456       6,469  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      28,643                       28,643  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      56,634                       56,634  
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      (48,492 )                     (48,492 )
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2005
    538,287,763         53,829       27,945,725       (19,371,411 )     201,928             (3,609 )     8,826,462  
Net income
                              691,517                               691,517  
Dividends declared
                              (374,471 )                             (374,471 )
Subsidiary common stock issued for a business acquisition
                      67,873                                       67,873  
Purchase of common shares
                                                      (1,371,462 )     (1,371,462 )
Treasury shares retired and cancelled
    (46,729,900 )       (4,673 )     (1,367,032 )                             1,371,705        
Exercise of stock options and other
    2,424,988         243       60,139                               11       60,393  
Amortization and adjustment of deferred compensation
                      38,982                                       38,982  
Currency translation adjustment
                                      87,431                       87,431  
Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow derivatives
                                      76,132                       76,132  
Unrealized gains (losses) on investments
                                      (60,516 )                     (60,516 )
 
                                                 
Balances at December 31, 2006
    493,982,851       $ 49,399     $ 26,745,687     $ (19,054,365 )   $ 304,975     $     $ (3,355 )   $ 8,042,341  
 
                                                 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

59



Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )
Less: Income from discontinued operations, net
    2,755       302,014       51,345  
 
                 
Net income (loss) from continuing operations
    688,762       633,648       (4,089,514 )
 
                       
Reconciling Items:
                       
 
                       
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle, net of tax
    ¾       ¾       4,883,968  
Depreciation
    483,067       473,816       494,544  
Amortization of intangibles
    150,756       154,194       133,380  
Deferred taxes
    201,855       381,740       130,314  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    35,939       35,289       38,146  
Amortization of deferred financing charges, bond premiums and accretion of note discounts, net
    3,462       2,042       5,558  
Share-based compensation
    44,278       6,081       3,596  
(Gain) loss on sale of operating and fixed assets
    (69,330 )     (47,883 )     (29,276 )
(Gain) loss on sale of available-for-sale securities
                (48,429 )
(Gain) loss on forward exchange contract
    18,161       18,194       17,398  
(Gain) loss on trading securities
    (20,467 )     (17,492 )     (15,240 )
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    (37,478 )     (38,338 )     (22,285 )
Minority interest, net of tax
    31,927       17,847       7,602  
Increase (decrease) other, net
    8,835       (10,816 )     (12,765 )
 
                       
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions and dispositions:
                       
Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable
    (202,347 )     (25,319 )     481  
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses
    (23,980 )     15,389       (21,304 )
Decrease (increase) in other current assets
    2,474       43,049       29,019  
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities
    83,363       (34,700 )     22,545  
Federal income tax refund
    390,438              
Increase (decrease) in accrued interest
    14,567       3,411       1,611  
Increase (decrease) in deferred income
    11,656       (18,385 )     (15,841 )
Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes
    25,641       (191,506 )     28,047  
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    1,841,579       1,400,261       1,541,555  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

60



Table of Contents

                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Liquidation of restricted cash
                299  
Decrease (increase) in notes receivable, net
    1,418       946       (51 )
Decrease (increase) in investments in, and advances to nonconsolidated affiliates — net
    20,541       15,239       6,804  
Proceeds from cross currency settlement of interest due
    1,607       734       (566 )
Purchase of other investments
    (788 )     (891 )     (1,841 )
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale-securities
          370       627,505  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (350,493 )     (325,725 )     (283,160 )
Proceeds from disposal of assets
    100,329       102,001       30,710  
Proceeds from divestitures placed in restricted cash
                47,838  
Acquisition of operating assets
    (362,164 )     (165,235 )     (165,159 )
Acquisition of operating assets with restricted cash
                (47,564 )
Decrease (increase) in other — net
    (51,863 )     (14,625 )     (55,339 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (641,413 )     (387,186 )     159,476  
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                       
Draws on credit facilities
    3,383,667       1,934,000       5,087,334  
Payments on credit facilities
    (2,700,004 )     (1,986,045 )     (5,457,033 )
Proceeds from long-term debt
    783,997             1,244,018  
Payments on long-term debt
    (866,352 )     (236,703 )     (609,455 )
Payment to terminate forward exchange contract
    (83,132 )            
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, stock purchase plan and common stock warrants
    57,452       40,239       31,535  
Dividends paid
    (382,776 )     (343,321 )     (255,912 )
Proceeds from initial public offering
          600,642        
Payments for purchase of common shares
    (1,371,462 )     (1,070,204 )     (1,841,482 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (1,178,610 )     (1,061,392 )     (1,800,995 )
 
                       
CASH FLOWS FROM DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS:
                       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    5,804       20,522       211,039  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    3,858       (160,758 )     (84,112 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
          240,000       (2,598 )
 
                 
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
    9,662       99,764       124,329  
 
                       
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    31,218       51,447       24,365  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    82,786       31,339       6,974  
 
                 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 114,004     $ 82,786     $ 31,339  
 
                 
 
                       
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE
                       
Cash paid during the year for:
                       
Interest
  $ 461,398     $ 430,382     $ 368,578  
Income taxes
          193,723       263,525  
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

61



Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
NOTE A — SUMMARY OF
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Business
Clear Channel Communications, Inc., (the “Company”) incorporated in Texas in 1974, is a diversified media company with three principal business segments: radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. The Company’s radio broadcasting segment owns, programs and sells airtime generating revenue from the sale of national and local advertising. The Company’s Americas and international outdoor advertising segments own or operate advertising display faces domestically and internationally.
The Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”), dated as of November 16, 2006, among the Company, BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and T Triple Crown Finco, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (together with B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, the “Fincos”), which provides for the Company’s recapitalization by the merger of Merger Sub with and into the Company. The Fincos were formed by private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. solely for the purpose of entering into the Merger and consummating the transactions contemplated by the Merger. Pursuant to the Merger each share of the Company’s common stock, other than those shares (i) held in Company treasury stock or owned by Merger Sub immediately prior to the effective time of the merger, (ii) held by shareholders who properly exercise their appraisal rights under Texas law, if any, and (iii) shares held by certain employees of the Company who have agreed with the Fincos to convert equity securities of the Company held by them into equity securities of the surviving corporation will be converted into the right to receive $37.60 in cash, without interest, and less any applicable withholding tax. The transaction is subject to shareholder approval, antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. The Company filed its definitive proxy statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on January 29, 2007 and the shareholder meeting will be held March 21, 2007.
Under the Merger, the Company has agreed among other things that, subject to certain exceptions, until completion of the merger, the Company will not take any of the following actions unless the private equity funds give their prior written consent:
    Issue, sell, pledge, dispose, encumber or grant any equity securities or convertible securities of the Company, except in limited circumstances with respect to certain shares and stock options pursuant to employee benefit plans;
 
    Acquire any business organization or any division thereof or any material amount of assets with a purchase price in excess of $150.0 million in the aggregate;
 
    Adjust, recapitalize, reclassify, combine, split, subdivide, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire any equity securities or convertible securities of the Company;
 
    Create, incur, guarantee or assume any indebtedness except for indebtedness: (i) incurred under the Company’s existing $1.75 billion credit facility, (ii) for borrowed money incurred pursuant to agreements in effect prior to the execution of the Merger, (iii) as otherwise required in the ordinary course of the Company’s business consistent with past practice, or (iv) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $250.0 million;
 
    Sell, lease, license, transfer, exchange or swap, mortgage or otherwise encumber, or subject to any lien or otherwise dispose of any asset or any portion of the Company’s properties or assets with a sale price in excess of $50.0 million except for the announced plan to sell 448 of the Company’s radio stations and all of its television stations;
 
    Make any capital expenditure in excess of $50.0 million individually, or $100 million in the aggregate, except for any capital expenditures in aggregate amounts consistent with past practice or as required pursuant to new contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

62



Table of Contents

On November 16, 2006, the Company announced plans to sell 448 of its radio stations, all located outside the top 100 U.S. media markets, as well as all of its television stations. The sale of these assets is not contingent on the closing of the Merger. Definitive asset purchase agreements were signed for the sale of 39 radio stations as of December 31, 2006. These stations, along with 5 stations which were sold in the fourth quarter of 2006, were classified as assets held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet and as discontinued operations in our consolidated statements of operations in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“Statement 144”). As a result, the historical footnote disclosures have been revised to exclude amounts related to these stations.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Significant intercompany accounts have been eliminated in consolidation. Investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company evaluates the collectibility of its accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations, it records a specific reserve to reduce the amounts recorded to what it believes will be collected. For all other customers, it recognizes reserves for bad debt based on historical experience of bad debts as a percent of revenues for each business unit, adjusted for relative improvements or deteriorations in the agings and changes in current economic conditions. The Company believes is concentration of credit risk is limited due to the large number and the geographic diversification of its customers.
Land Leases and Other Structure Licenses
Most of the Company’s outdoor advertising structures are located on leased land. Americas outdoor land rents are typically paid in advance for periods ranging from one to twelve months. International outdoor land rents are paid both in advance and in arrears, for periods ranging from one to twelve months. Most international street furniture display faces are operated through contracts with the municipalities for up to 20 years. The street furniture contracts often include a percent of revenue to be paid along with a base rent payment. Prepaid land leases are recorded as an asset and expensed ratably over the related rental term and license and rent payments in arrears are recorded as an accrued liability.
Purchase Accounting
The Company accounts for its business acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. The total cost of acquisitions is allocated to the underlying identifiable net assets, based on their respective estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. Determining the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires management’s judgment and often involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. In addition, reserves have been established on the Company’s balance sheet related to acquired liabilities and qualifying restructuring costs and contingencies based on assumptions made at the time of acquisition. The Company evaluates these reserves on a regular basis to determine the adequacies of the amounts. Various acquisition agreements may include contingent purchase consideration based on performance requirements of the investee. The Company accrues these payments under the guidance in Emerging Issues Task Force issue 95-8: Accounting for Contingent Consideration Paid to the Shareholders of an Acquired Enterprise in a Purchase Business Combination, after the contingencies have been resolved.

63



Table of Contents

Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method at rates that, in the opinion of management, are adequate to allocate the cost of such assets over their estimated useful lives, which are as follows:
Buildings and improvements — 10 to 39 years
Structures — 5 to 40 years
Towers, transmitters and studio equipment — 7 to 20 years
Furniture and other equipment — 3 to 20 years
Leasehold improvements — shorter of economic life or lease term
Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred, whereas expenditures for renewal and betterments are capitalized.
The Company tests for possible impairment of property, plant, and equipment whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner that the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. The impairment loss calculations require management to apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and the discount rates that reflects the risk inherent in future cash flows. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in depreciation expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.
Intangible Assets
The Company classifies intangible assets as definite-lived, indefinite-lived or goodwill. Definite-lived intangibles include primarily transit and street furniture contracts, talent, and representation contracts, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements, typically four to fifteen years. The Company periodically reviews the appropriateness of the amortization periods related to its definite-lived assets. These assets are stated at cost. Indefinite-lived intangibles include broadcast FCC licenses and billboard permits. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is classified as goodwill. The indefinite-lived intangibles and goodwill are not subject to amortization, but are tested for impairment at least annually.
The Company tests for possible impairment of definite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances, such as a reduction in operating cash flow or a dramatic change in the manner that the asset is intended to be used indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If indicators exist, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows related to the asset to the carrying value of the asset. If the carrying value is greater than the undiscounted cash flow amount, an impairment charge is recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations for amounts necessary to reduce the carrying value of the asset to fair value.
The Company performs its annual impairment test for its FCC licenses and permits using a direct valuation technique as prescribed by the Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Topic D-108, Use of the Residual Method to Value Acquired Assets Other Than Goodwill (“D-108”), which the Company adopted in the fourth quarter of 2004. Certain assumptions are used under the Company’s direct valuation technique, including market penetration leading to revenue potential, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up cost and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk adjusted discount rate and terminal values. The Company utilizes Duff and Phelps, L.L.C., a third party valuation firm, to assist the Company in the develpment of these assumptions and the Company’s determination of the fair value of its FCC licenses and permits. Impairment charges, other than the charge taken under the transitional rules of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“Statement 142”) and D-108, are recorded in amortization expense in the statement of operations.
At least annually, the Company performs its impairment test for each reporting unit’s goodwill using a discounted cash flow model to determine if the carrying value of the reporting unit, including goodwill, is less than the fair value of the reporting unit. Certain assumptions are used in determining the fair value, including assumptions about future cash flows, discount rates, and terminal values. If the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit is less than the carrying value of the reporting unit, the Company reduces the carrying amount of goodwill. Impairment

64



Table of Contents

charges, other than the charge taken under the transitional rules of Statement 142 are recorded in amortization expense on the statement of operations.
Other Investments
Other investments are composed primarily of equity securities. These securities are classified as available-for-sale or trading and are carried at fair value based on quoted market prices. Securities are carried at historical value when quoted market prices are unavailable. The net unrealized gains or losses on the available-for-sale securities, net of tax, are reported as a separate component of shareholders’ equity. The net unrealized gains or losses on the trading securities are reported in the statement of operations. In addition, the Company holds investments that do not have quoted market prices. The Company periodically reviews the value of available-for-sale, trading and non-marketable securities and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary. The average cost method is used to compute the realized gains and losses on sales of equity securities.
Nonconsolidated Affiliates
In general, investments in which the Company owns 20 percent to 50 percent of the common stock or otherwise exercises significant influence over the investee are accounted for under the equity method. The Company does not recognize gains or losses upon the issuance of securities by any of its equity method investees. The Company reviews the value of equity method investments and records impairment charges in the statement of operations for any decline in value that is determined to be other-than-temporary.
Financial Instruments
Due to their short maturity, the carrying amounts of accounts and notes receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities, and short-term borrowings approximated their fair values at December 31, 2006 and 2005.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between financial reporting bases and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the periods in which the deferred tax asset or liability is expected to be realized or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by valuation allowances if the Company believes it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the asset will not be realized. As all earnings from the Company’s foreign operations are permanently reinvested and not distributed, the Company’s income tax provision does not include additional U.S. taxes on foreign operations. It is not practical to determine the amount of federal income taxes, if any, that might become due in the event that the earnings were distributed.
Revenue Recognition
Radio broadcasting revenue is recognized as advertisements or programs are broadcast and is generally billed monthly. Outdoor advertising contracts typically cover periods of up to three years and are generally billed monthly. Revenue for outdoor advertising space rental is recognized ratably over the term of the contract. Advertising revenue is reported net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue for the Company’s broadcasting and outdoor operations. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as deferred income.
Barter transactions represent the exchange of airtime or display space for merchandise or services. These transactions are generally recorded at the fair market value of the airtime or display space or the fair value of the merchandise or services received. Revenue is recognized on barter and trade transactions when the advertisements are broadcasted or displayed. Expenses are recorded ratably over a period that estimates when the merchandise or service received is utilized or the event occurs. Barter and trade revenues from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were approximately $104.0 million, $102.0 million and $124.7 million, respectively, and are included in total revenues. Barter and trade expenses from continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, were approximately $101.6 million, $95.9 million and $132.5 million, respectively, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses.

65



Table of Contents

Share-Based Payments
The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (R), Share-Based Payment (“Statement 123(R)”), on January 1, 2006 using the modified-prospective-transition method. Under the fair value recognition provisions of this statement, stock based compensation cost is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Determining the fair value of share-based awards at the grant date requires assumptions and judgments about expected volatility and forfeiture rates, among other factors. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, the Company’s results of operations could be materially impacted.
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
Financial Accounting Standard No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, (“Statement 133”), requires the Company to recognize all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on whether it has been designated and qualifies as part of a hedging relationship, and further, on the type of hedging relationship. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company must designate the hedging instrument, based upon the exposure being hedged, as a fair value hedge, cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. The Company formally documents all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategies for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company formally assesses, both at inception and at least quarterly thereafter, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in either the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item. If a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company discontinues hedge accounting. The Company accounts for its derivative instruments that are not designated as hedges at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for speculation or trading purposes.
Foreign Currency
Results of operations for foreign subsidiaries and foreign equity investees are translated into U.S. dollars using the average exchange rates during the year. The assets and liabilities of those subsidiaries and investees, other than those of operations in highly inflationary countries, are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The related translation adjustments are recorded in a separate component of shareholders’ equity, “Accumulated other comprehensive income”. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses, as well as gains and losses from translation of financial statements of subsidiaries and investees in highly inflationary countries, are included in operations.
Advertising Expense
The Company records advertising expense as it is incurred. Advertising expenses from continuing operations of $140.2 million, $168.6 million and $174.9 million were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes including, but not limited to, legal, tax and insurance accruals. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid Financial Instruments (“Statement 155”). Statement 155 is an amendment of FASB Statement No.

66



Table of Contents

133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“Statement 133”) and FASB Statement 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities (“Statement 140”) and allows companies to elect to measure at fair value entire financial instruments containing embedded derivatives that would otherwise have to be accounted for separately. Statement 155 also requires companies to identify interest in securitized financial assets that are freestanding derivatives or contain embedded derivatives that would have to be accounted for separately, clarifies which interest- and principal-only strips are subject to Statement 133, and amends Statement 140 to revise the conditions of a qualifying special purpose entity due to the new requirement to identify whether interests in securitized financial assets are freestanding derivatives or contain embedded derivatives. Statement 155 is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued in fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2006. The Company will adopt Statement 155 on January 1, 2007 and does not anticipate adoption to materially impact its financial position or results of operations.
In June 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an interpretation of FASB Statement 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes by prescribing a recognition threshold for tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 requires that entities recognize in their financial statements the impact of a tax position if that position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 2006. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of FIN 48 but does not believe that it will have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“Statement 157”). Statement 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. Statement 157 applies whenever other standards require (or permit) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. Statement 157 does not expand the use of fair value in any new circumstances. Statement 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company will adopt Statement 157 on January 1, 2008 and anticipates that adoption will not materially impact its financial position or results of operations.
In September 2006, the FASB issued Statement No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) (“Statement 158”). Statement 158 requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The portions of Statement 158 that apply to the Company are effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted Statement 158 as of December 31, 2006 and adoption did not materially impact its financial position or results of operations.
NOTE B — STRATEGIC REALIGNMENT
Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) of Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (“CCO”)
The Company completed the IPO on November 11, 2005, which consisted of the sale of 35.0 million shares, for $18.00 per share, of Class A common stock of CCO, its indirect, wholly owned subsidiary prior to the IPO. After completion of the IPO, the Company owns all 315.0 million shares of CCO’s outstanding Class B common stock, representing approximately 90% of the outstanding shares of CCO’s common stock and approximately 99% of the total voting power of CCO’s common stock. The net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and offering expenses, were approximately $600.6 million. All of the net proceeds of the offering were used to repay a portion of the outstanding balances of intercompany notes owed to the Company by CCO. Under the guidance in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5H, Accounting for Sales of Stock by a Subsidiary, the Company has recorded approximately $120.9 million of minority interest and $479.7 million of additional paid in capital on its consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2005 as a result of this transaction.

67



Table of Contents

Spin-off of Live Nation
On December 2, 2005, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the spin-off of Live Nation, made up of the Company’s former live entertainment segment and sports representation business. The spin-off closed December 21, 2005 by way of a pro rata dividend to the Company’s shareholders, which reduced shareholders’ equity by $716.7 million. The spin-off consisted of a dividend of .125 share of Live Nation common stock for each share of the Company’s common stock held on December 21, 2005, the date of the distribution. Additionally, Live Nation repaid approximately $220.0 million of intercompany notes owed to the Company by Live Nation. The Company does not own any shares of Live Nation common stock after the spin-off. Operating results of Live Nation are reported in discontinued operations through December 21, 2005. The spin-off resulted in a $2.4 billion capital loss for tax purposes, $890.7 million of which was utilized in 2005 or carried back to offset capital gains incurred in prior years and the remaining $1.5 billion was recorded as a deferred tax asset with an equivalent offsetting valuation allowance at December 31, 2005. The $890.7 million capital loss resulted in a current income tax benefit of $314.1 million in 2005, which is included in income from discontinued operations, net.
The Company’s consolidated statements of operations have been restated to reflect Live Nation’s results of operations in discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. The following table displays financial information for Live Nation’s discontinued operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
(In thousands)
                 
    2005(1)   2004
Revenue (including sales to other Company segments of $0.7 million, $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.)
  $ 2,858,481     $ 2,804,347  
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ (16,215 )   $ 68,037  
 
(1)   Includes the results of operations for Live Nation through December 21, 2005.
Included in income from discontinued operations, net is an income tax benefit of $316.7 million, primarily related to the portion of the capital loss discussed above, which was realized in 2005, and income tax expense of $19.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004.
Transactions with Live Nation
The Company agreed to provide transitional services to Live Nation after the spin-off. The services terminated at various times, generally ranging from two months to one year after the completion of the spin-off. The Company provided certain transitional administrative and support services such as treasury, payroll and other financial related services; human resources and employee benefits; legal and related services; information systems, network and related services; investment services; corporate services and tax services. The charges for the transition services were intended to allow the Company to fully recover the allocated direct costs of providing the services, plus all out-of-pocket expenses, generally without profit. The allocation of costs was based on various measures depending on the service provided, including relative revenue, employee headcount or number of users of a service. The Company received $4.8 million for these services during 2006.
The Company sells advertising and other services to Live Nation. For the year ended December 31, 2006 the Company recorded $4.3 million of revenue for these advertisements. It is the Company’s opinion that these transactions were recorded at fair value.
Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale
On November 16, 2006, the Company announced plans to sell certain radio markets, comprising 448 of its radio stations. These markets are located outside the top 100 U.S. media markets. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had sold 5 radio stations and signed definitive asset purchase agreements to sell 39 radio stations for an aggregate of approximately $80.8 million in cash in these markets. The closing of the transactions under definitive asset purchase agreements will be subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. The Company determined that each of these markets represents a disposal group. Consistent with the

68



Table of Contents

provisions of Statement 144, the Company classified these markets’ assets and liabilities that are subject to transfer under the definitive asset purchase agreements as “held for sale” at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Accordingly, depreciation and amortization associated with these assets was discontinued. Additionally, the Company determined that these markets comprise operations and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished, operationally and for financial reporting purposes, from the rest of the Company. Therefore, the results of operations for these markets were presented as discontinued operations, net of tax, for all periods presented. As of December 31, 2006, the Company determined that the estimated fair value less costs to sell attributable to these markets was in excess of the carrying value of their related net assets held for sale.
Summarized operating results from these markets are as follows:
(In thousands)
                            
    2006   2005   2004
Revenue
  $ 32,455     $ 31,613     $ 33,936  
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 4,669     $ 2,477     $ 3,789  
Included in income from discontinued operations, net is income tax expense of $1.9 million, $1.0 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
NOTE C — INTANGIBLE ASSETS AND GOODWILL
Definite-lived Intangibles
The Company has definite-lived intangible assets which consist primarily of transit and street furniture contracts and other contractual rights in the outdoor segments, talent and program right contracts in the radio segment, and in the Company’s other segment, representation contracts for non-affiliated radio and television stations, all of which are amortized over the respective lives of the agreements. Other definite-lived intangible assets are amortized over the shorter of either the respective lives of the agreements or over the period of time the assets are expected to contribute directly or indirectly to the Company’s future cash flows. The following table presents the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for each major class of definite-lived intangible assets at December 31, 2006 and 2005:
(In thousands)
                                 
    2006     2005  
    Gross Carrying     Accumulated     Gross Carrying     Accumulated  
    Amount     Amortization     Amount     Amortization  
Transit, street furniture, and other outdoor contractual rights
  $ 821,364     $ 530,063     $ 651,455     $ 408,018  
Talent contracts
    125,270       115,537       202,161       175,553  
Representation contracts
    349,493       175,658       313,004       133,987  
Other
    124,881       76,933       135,782       104,054  
 
                       
Total
  $ 1,421,008     $ 898,191     $ 1,302,402     $ 821,612  
 
                       
Total amortization expense from continuing operations related to definite-lived intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $150.8 million, $154.2 million and $133.4 million, respectively. The following table presents the Company’s estimate of amortization expense for each of the five succeeding fiscal years for definite-lived intangible assets that exist at December 31, 2006:
(In thousands)
         
2007
  $ 96,877  
2008
    79,059  
2009
    66,727  
2010
    50,303  
2011
    42,420  
As acquisitions and dispositions occur in the future and as purchase price allocations are finalized, amortization expense may vary.

69



Table of Contents

Indefinite-lived Intangibles
The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcast licenses and billboard permits. FCC broadcast licenses are granted to both radio and television stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if: it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and there have been no other serious violations which taken together constitute a pattern of abuse. The licenses may be renewed indefinitely at little or no cost. The Company does not believe that the technology of wireless broadcasting will be replaced in the foreseeable future. The Company’s billboard permits are issued in perpetuity by state and local governments and are transferable or renewable at little or no cost. Permits typically include the location for which the permit allows the Company the right to operate an advertising structure. The Company’s permits are located on either owned or leased land. In cases where the Company’s permits are located on leased land, the leases are typically from 10 to 20 years and renew indefinitely, with rental payments generally escalating at an inflation based index. If the Company loses its lease, the Company will typically obtain permission to relocate the permit or bank it with the municipality for future use. The Company does not amortize its FCC broadcast licenses or billboard permits. The Company tests these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually.
The SEC staff issued D-108 at the September 2004 meeting of the EITF. D-108 states that the residual method should no longer be used to value intangible assets other than goodwill. Rather, D-108 requires that a direct method be used to value intangible assets other than goodwill. Prior to adoption of D-108, the Company recorded its acquisition at fair value using an industry accepted income approach. The value calculated using the income approach was allocated to the indefinite-lived intangibles after deducting the value of tangible and intangible assets, as well as estimated costs of establishing a business at the market level. The Company used a similar approach in its annual impairment test prior to its adoption of D-108.
D-108 requires that an impairment test be performed upon adoption using a direct method for valuing intangible assets other than goodwill. Under the direct method, it is assumed that rather than acquiring indefinite-lived intangible assets as a part of a going concern business, the buyer hypothetically obtains indefinite-lived intangible assets and builds a new operation with similar attributes from scratch. Thus, the buyer incurs start-up costs during the build-up phase which are normally associated with going concern value. Initial capital costs are deducted from the discounted cash flows model which results in value that is directly attributable to the indefinite-lived intangible assets.
Under the direct method, the Company continues to aggregate its indefinite-lived intangible assets at the market level for purposes of impairment testing as prescribed by EITF 02-07, Unit of Accounting for Testing Impairment of Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets. The Company’s key assumptions using the direct method are market revenue growth rates, market share, profit margin, duration and profile of the build-up period, estimated start-up capital costs and losses incurred during the build-up period, the risk-adjusted discount rate and terminal values. This data is populated using industry normalized information representing an average station within a market.
The Company’s adoption of the direct method resulted in an aggregate fair value of its indefinite-lived intangible assets that was less than the carrying value determined under its prior method. As a result of the adoption of D-108, the Company recorded a non-cash charge of $4.9 billion, net of deferred taxes of $3.0 billion as a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle during the fourth quarter of 2004. The non-cash charge of $4.9 billion, net of tax is comprised of a non-cash charge of $4.7 billion and $.2 billion within our broadcasting FCC licenses and our outdoor permits, respectively.
Goodwill
The Company tests goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. The first step, used to screen for potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The following table presents the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill in each of the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006:

70



Table of Contents

(In thousands)
                                         
            Americas     International              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor     Other     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2004
  $ 6,325,598     $ 398,065     $ 389,629     $ 29,139     $ 7,142,431  
Acquisitions
    7,497       1,896       4,407       2,957       16,757  
Foreign currency
                (50,232 )           (50,232 )
Adjustments
    (55,285 )     6,003       (193 )     8,883       (40,592 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    6,277,810       405,964       343,611       40,979       7,068,364  
Acquisitions
    42,761       249,527       42,222       8,084       342,594  
Dispositions
    (10,532 )     (1,913 )                 (12,445 )
Foreign currency
          14,085       40,109             54,194  
Adjustments
    (2,872 )     323       (312 )     5       (2,856 )
 
                             
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 6,307,167     $ 667,986     $ 425,630     $ 49,068     $ 7,449,851  
 
                             
Included in the Americas’ acquisitions amount above is $148.6 million related to the acquisition of Interspace, all of which is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.
NOTE D — BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS
2006 Acquisitions
CCO completed the acquisition of Interspace on July 1, 2006, by issuing 4.2 million shares of CCO’s Class A common stock and the payment of approximately $81.3 million. The acquisition was valued at approximately $170.4 million based on CCO’s common shares issued at the closing share price on the date of acquisition and the cash consideration paid. The terms of the acquisition provide for additional consideration based on Interspace’s financial performance. As a result, the Company has accrued $20.9 million of additional purchase consideration as of December 31, 2006. Interspace’s 2005 revenues and operating expenses (excluding depreciation and amortization) were approximately $45.8 million and $32.5 million, respectively.
The Company acquired radio stations for $16.4 million and a music scheduling company for $44.3 million in cash plus $10.0 million of deferred purchase consideration during the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company also acquired Americas and international outdoor display faces and additional equity interests in international outdoor companies for $242.4 million in cash, which includes cash paid for Interspace. The Company exchanged assets in one of its Americas outdoor markets for assets located in a different market and recognized a gain of $13.2 million in “Gain on disposition of assets — net”. In addition, the Company’s national representation firm acquired representation contracts for $38.1 million in cash and its television business acquired a station for $21.0 million in cash.
2005 Acquisitions
During 2005 the Company acquired radio stations for $12.5 million in cash. The Company also acquired Americas outdoor display faces for $113.2 million in cash. The Company’s international outdoor segment acquired display faces for $17.1 million and increased its investment to a controlling majority interest in Clear Media Limited for $8.9 million. Clear Media is a Chinese outdoor advertising company and as a result of consolidating its operations during the third quarter of 2005, the acquisition resulted in an increase in the Company’s cash of $39.7 million. Also, the Company’s national representation business acquired new contracts for a total of $47.7 million and the Company’s television business acquired a television station for $5.5 million.

71



Table of Contents

2004 Acquisitions:
Medallion Merger
On September 3, 2004, the Company closed its merger with Medallion Taxi Media, Inc., (“Medallion”). Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, the Company exchanged approximately .9 million shares of its common stock for 100% of the outstanding stock of Medallion, valuing this merger at approximately $33.6 million. Medallion’s operations include advertising displays placed on the top of taxi cabs. The Company began consolidating the results of operations on September 3, 2004.
In addition to the above, during 2004 the Company acquired radio stations for $59.4 million in cash and $38.9 million in restricted cash. The Company also acquired outdoor display faces for $60.9 million in cash and acquired equity interest in international outdoor companies for $2.5 million in cash. Also, the Company acquired two television stations for $10.0 million in cash and $8.7 million in restricted cash and our national representation business acquired new contracts for a total of $32.4 million in cash during the year ended December 31, 2004. Finally, the Company exchanged outdoor advertising assets, valued at $23.7 million for other outdoor advertising assets valued at $32.3 million. As a result of this exchange, the Company recorded a gain of $8.6 million in “Gain on disposition of assets – net”.
Acquisition Summary
The following is a summary of the assets and liabilities acquired and the consideration given for all acquisitions made during 2006 and 2005:
(In thousands)
                 
    2006     2005  
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 51,275     $ 157,082  
Accounts receivable
    18,785       30,301  
Definite lived intangibles
    177,554       70,182  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
    43,612       9,402  
Goodwill
    260,922       16,365  
Investments
    2,409       805  
Other assets
    19,528       49,651  
 
           
 
    574,085       333,788  
 
Other liabilities
    (79,320 )     (63,594 )
Minority interests
    (15,293 )     (101,133 )
Deferred tax
    (21,361 )     (3,826 )
Subsidiary common stock issued, net of minority interests
    (67,873 )      
 
           
 
    (183,847 )     (168,553 )
 
           
Less: fair value of net assets exchanged in swap
    (28,074 )      
 
           
Cash paid for acquisitions
  $ 362,164     $ 165,235  
 
           
The Company has entered into certain agreements relating to acquisitions that provide for purchase price adjustments and other future contingent payments based on the financial performance of the acquired company. The Company will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets were met, would not significantly impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
Restructuring
The Company has restructuring liabilities related to its 2000 acquisition of AMFM Inc. (“AMFM”), and the 2002 acquisition of The Ackerley Group, Inc. (“Ackerley”). The balance at December 31, 2006 of $4.9 million was comprised of $0.4 million of severance costs and $4.5 million of lease termination costs. During the year ended December 31, 2006, $0.4 million was paid and charged to severance.

72



Table of Contents

In addition to the AMFM and Ackerley restructurings, the Company restructured its outdoor operations in France in the third quarter of 2005. As a result, the Company recorded $26.6 million in restructuring costs as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses. Of the $26.6 million, $22.5 million was related to severance costs and $4.1 million was related to other costs. During 2006, $11.8 million of related costs were paid and charged to the restructuring accrual. As of December 31, 2006, the accrual balance was $11.0 million.
NOTE E – INVESTMENTS
The Company’s most significant investments in nonconsolidated affiliates are listed below:
Australian Radio Network
The Company owns a fifty-percent (50%) interest in Australian Radio Network (“ARN”), an Australian company that owns and operates radio stations in Australia and New Zealand.
Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones
The Company owns a forty-percent (40%) interest in Grupo ACIR Comunicaciones (“ACIR”), a Mexican radio broadcasting company. ACIR owns and operates radio stations throughout Mexico.
Summarized Financial Information
The following table summarizes the Company’s investments in these nonconsolidated affiliates:
(In thousands)
                                 
                    All        
    ARN     ACIR     Others     Total  
  $ 138,256     $ 62,675     $ 99,292     $ 300,223  
Acquisition (disposition) of investments
                2,408       2,408  
Other, net
    (14,878 )           (5,477 )     (20,355 )
Equity in net earnings (loss)
    24,520       5,865       7,093       37,478  
Foreign currency transaction adjustment
    (1,170 )                 (1,170 )
Foreign currency translation adjustment
    (1,082 )     (280 )     (2,575 )     (3,937 )
 
                       
  $ 145,646     $ 68,260     $ 100,741     $ 314,647  
 
                       
The investments in the table above are not consolidated, but are accounted for under the equity method of accounting, whereby the Company records its investments in these entities in the balance sheet as “Investments in, and advances to, nonconsolidated affiliates.” The Company’s interests in their operations are recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates”. There was interest income derived from transactions with nonconsolidated affiliates of $3.4 million in 2004 recorded in the statement of operations as “Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates.” Accumulated undistributed earnings included in retained deficit for these investments were $112.6 million, $90.1 million and $67.4 million for December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

73



Table of Contents

Other Investments
Other investments of $245.7 million and $324.6 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, include marketable equity securities and other investments classified as follows:
(In thousands)
                                         
    Fair     Unrealized        
Investments   Value     Gains     (Losses)     Net     Cost  
2006
                                       
Available-for sale
  $ 154,297     $ 118,563     $     $ 118,563     $ 35,734  
Trading
    74,953       67,695             67,695       7,258  
Other cost investments
    16,499                         16,499  
 
                             
Total
  $ 245,749     $ 186,258     $     $ 186,258     $ 59,491  
 
                             
(In thousands)
                                         
    Fair     Unrealized        
Investments   Value     Gains     (Losses)     Net     Cost  
2005
                                       
Available-for sale
  $ 251,904     $ 216,170     $     $ 216,170     $ 35,734  
Trading
    54,486       47,228             47,228       7,258  
Other cost investments
    18,191                         18,191  
 
                             
Total
  $ 324,581     $ 263,398     $     $ 263,398     $ 61,183  
 
                             
A certain amount of the Company’s trading securities secure its obligations under forward exchange contracts discussed in Note H.
Accumulated net unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, of $76.1 million and $136.6 million were recorded in shareholders’ equity in “Accumulated other comprehensive income” at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The net unrealized gain (loss) on trading securities of $20.5 million and $17.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, is recorded on the statement of operations in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities”. Other cost investments include various investments in companies for which there is no readily determinable market value.
During 2004, the Company sold its remaining investment in Univision Corporation for $599.4 million in net proceeds. As a result, it recorded a gain of $47.0 million in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities”.
NOTE F — ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATION
The Company has an asset retirement obligation of $59.3 million as of December 31, 2006 which is reported in “Other long-term liabilities”. The liability relates to the Company’s obligation to dismantle and remove its outdoor advertising displays from leased land and to reclaim the site to its original condition upon the termination or non-renewal of a lease. The liability is capitalized as part of the related long-lived assets’ carrying value. Due to the high rate of lease renewals over a long period of time, the calculation assumes that all related assets will be removed at some period over the next 50 years. An estimate of third-party cost information is used with respect to the dismantling of the structures and the reclamation of the site. The interest rate used to calculate the present value of such costs over the retirement period is based on an estimated risk adjusted credit rate for the same period.
The following table presents the activity related to the Company’s asset retirement obligation:
(In thousands)
                 
    2006     2005  
Balance at January 1
  $ 49,807     $ 49,216  
Adjustment due to change in estimate of related costs
    7,581       (1,344 )
Accretion of liability
    3,539       3,616  
Liabilities settled
    (1,647 )     (1,681 )
 
           
Balance at December 31
  $ 59,280     $ 49,807  
 
           

74



Table of Contents

NOTE G — LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt at December 31, 2006 and 2005 consisted of the following:
(In thousands)
                 
    December 31,  
    2006     2005  
Bank credit facilities
  $ 966,488     $ 292,410  
Senior Notes:
               
6.25% Senior Notes Due 2011
    750,000        
6.0% Senior Notes Due 2006
          750,000  
3.125% Senior Notes Due 2007
    250,000       250,000  
4.625% Senior Notes Due 2008
    500,000       500,000  
6.625% Senior Notes Due 2008
    125,000       125,000  
4.25% Senior Notes Due 2009
    500,000       500,000  
7.65% Senior Notes Due 2010
    750,000       750,000  
4.5% Senior Notes Due 2010
    250,000       250,000  
4.4% Senior Notes Due 2011
    250,000       250,000  
5.0% Senior Notes Due 2012
    300,000       300,000  
5.75% Senior Notes Due 2013
    500,000       500,000  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2014
    750,000       750,000  
4.9% Senior Notes Due 2015
    250,000       250,000  
5.5% Senior Notes Due 2016
    250,000       250,000  
6.875% Senior Debentures Due 2018
    175,000       175,000  
7.25% Debentures Due 2027
    300,000       300,000  
Original issue (discount) premium
    (16,890 )     (15,767 )
Fair value adjustments related to interest rate swaps
    (29,834 )     (29,049 )
Subsidiary level notes
    678,372       681,843  
Other long-term debt
    164,939       217,111  
 
           
 
    7,663,075       7,046,548  
Less: current portion
    336,375       891,185  
 
           
Total long-term debt
  $ 7,326,700     $ 6,155,363  
 
           
Bank Credit Facility
The Company has a five-year, multi-currency revolving credit facility in the amount of $1.75 billion. The interest rate is based upon a prime, LIBOR, or Federal Funds rate selected at the Company’s discretion, plus a margin. The multi-currency revolving credit facility can be used for general working capital purposes including commercial paper support as well as to fund capital expenditures, share repurchases, acquisitions and the refinancing of public debt securities.
At December 31, 2006, the outstanding balance on the $1.75 billion credit facility was $966.5 million and, taking into account letters of credit of $75.3 million, $708.2 million was available for future borrowings, with the entire balance to be repaid on July 12, 2009. At December 31, 2006, interest rates on this bank credit facility varied from 5.7% to 5.8%.
Senior Notes
On March 21, 2006 the Company completed a debt offering of $500.0 million 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011. Interest is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year. The net proceeds of approximately $497.5 million were used to repay borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facility.

75



Table of Contents

On August 15, 2006 the Company completed an additional $250.0 million issuance of its 6.25% Senior Notes due 2011 originally issued March 21, 2006. The net proceeds of approximately $253.4 million, including accrued interest, were used to repay borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facility.
On November 1, 2006, the Company redeemed its 6% Senior Notes at their maturity for $750.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from its bank credit facility.
All fees and initial offering discounts are being amortized as interest expense over the life of the respective notes. The aggregate face value and market value of the senior notes was approximately $5.9 billion and $5.5 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2006. The aggregate face value and market value of the senior notes was approximately $5.9 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2005.
Interest Rate Swaps: The Company entered into interest rate swap agreements on the 3.125% senior notes due 2007, the 4.25% senior notes due 2009, the 4.4% senior notes due 2011 and the 5.0% senior notes due 2012 whereby the Company pays interest at a floating rate and receives the fixed rate coupon. The fair value of the Company’s swaps was a liability of $29.8 million and $29.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Subsidiary Level Notes
AMFM Operating Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, has outstanding long-term bonds, of which are all 8% senior notes due 2008. The senior notes include a purchase accounting premium of $7.1 million and $10.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The fair value of the senior notes was $701.0 million and $715.2 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Other Borrowings
Other debt includes various borrowings and capital leases utilized for general operating purposes. Included in the $164.9 million balance at December 31, 2006, is $86.4 million that matures in less than one year.
Debt Covenants
The significant covenants on the Company’s $1.75 billion five-year, multi-currency revolving credit facility relate to leverage and interest coverage contained and defined in the credit agreement. The leverage ratio covenant requires the Company to maintain a ratio of consolidated funded indebtedness to operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) of less than 5.25x. The interest coverage covenant requires the Company to maintain a minimum ratio of operating cash flow (as defined by the credit agreement) to interest expense of 2.50x. In the event that the Company does not meet these covenants, it is considered to be in default on the credit facility at which time the credit facility may become immediately due. At December 31, 2006, the Company’s leverage and interest coverage ratios were 3.4x and 4.7x, respectively. This credit facility contains a cross default provision that would be triggered if we were to default on any other indebtedness greater than $200.0 million.
The Company’s other indebtedness does not contain provisions that would make it a default if the Company were to default on our credit facility.
The fees the Company pays on its $1.75 billion, five-year multi-currency revolving credit facility depend on its long-term debt ratings. Based on its current ratings level of BBB-/Baa3, its fees on borrowings are a 45.0 basis point spread to LIBOR and are 17.5 basis points on the total $1.75 billion facility. In the event its ratings improve, the fee on borrowings and facility fee decline gradually to 20.0 basis points and 9.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of A/A3 or better. In the event that its ratings decline, the fee on borrowings and facility fee increase gradually to 120.0 basis points and 30.0 basis points, respectively, at ratings of BB/Ba2 or lower.
The Company believes there are no other agreements that contain provisions that trigger an event of default upon a change in long-term debt ratings that would have a material impact to its financial statements.
Additionally, the Company’s 8% senior notes due 2008, which were originally issued by AMFM Operating Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, contain certain restrictive covenants that limit the ability of AMFM

76



Table of Contents

Operating Inc. to incur additional indebtedness, enter into certain transactions with affiliates, pay dividends, consolidate, or effect certain asset sales.
At December 31, 2006, the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants.
Future maturities of long-term debt at December 31, 2006 are as follows:
(In thousands)
         
2007
  $ 336,375  
2008
    1,327,131  
2009
    1,506,958  
2010
    1,000,165  
2011
    1,002,250  
Thereafter
    2,529,854  
 
     
Total
  $ 7,702,733  
 
     
NOTE H — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company has entered into financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps, secured forward exchange contracts and foreign currency rate management agreements, with various financial institutions. The Company continually monitors its positions with, and credit quality of, the financial institutions which are counterparties to its financial instruments. The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to the agreements. However, the Company considers this risk to be low.
Interest Rate Swaps
The Company has $1.3 billion of interest rate swaps that are designated as fair value hedges of the underlying fixed-rate debt obligations. The terms of the underlying debt and the interest rate swap agreements coincide; therefore the hedge qualifies for the short-cut method defined in Statement 133. Accordingly, no net gains or losses were recorded on the statement of operations related to the Company’s underlying debt and interest rate swap agreements. On December 31, 2006, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was recorded on the balance sheet as “Other long-term liabilities” with the offset recorded in “Long-term debt” of approximately $29.8 million. On December 31, 2005, the fair value of the interest rate swap agreements was recorded on the balance sheet as “Other long-term liabilities” with the offset recorded in “Long-term debt” of approximately $29.0 million. Accordingly, an adjustment was made to the swaps and carrying value of the underlying debt on December 31, 2006 and 2005 to reflect the increase in fair value.
Secured Forward Exchange Contracts
On June 5, 2003, Clear Channel Investments, Inc. (“CCI, Inc.”), a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, entered into a five-year secured forward exchange contract (the contract) with respect to 8.3 million shares of its investment in XM Satellite Radio Holdings, Inc. (“XMSR”). Under the terms of the contract, the counterparty paid $83.5 million at inception of the contract, which the Company classified in “Other long-term liabilities”. The contract had a maturity value of $98.8 million, with an effective interest rate of 3.4%, which the Company accreted over the life of the contract using the effective interest method. The Company accounted for the collar under the requirements of Statement 133 Implementation Issue G20, Assessing and Measuring the Effectiveness of a Purchased Option Used in a Cash Flow Hedge. CCI, Inc. terminated the contract on August 2, 2006 by paying the counterparty approximately $83.1 million. The accreted value of the debt was $92.9 million and the fair value of the collar was an asset of $6.0 million resulting in a net gain of approximately $3.8 million recorded in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” on the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
In 2001, CCI, Inc. entered into two ten-year secured forward exchange contracts that monetized 2.9 million shares of its investment in American Tower Corporation (“AMT”). The AMT contracts had a value of $10.3 million recorded in “Other long term liabilities” and $11.7 million recorded in “Other assets” at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, respectively. These contracts are not designated as a hedge of the Company’s cash flow exposure of the forecasted sale of the AMT shares. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the

77



Table of Contents

Company recognized losses of $22.0 million and $18.2 million and $17.4 million, respectively, in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” related to the change in the fair value of these contracts. To offset the change in the fair value of these contracts, the Company has recorded AMT shares as trading securities. During the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, the Company recognized income of $20.5 million, $17.5 million and $15.2 million, respectively, in “Gain (loss) on marketable securities” related to the change in the fair value of the shares.
Foreign Currency Rate Management
As a result of the Company’s foreign operations, the Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risks related to its investment in net assets in foreign countries. To manage this risk, the Company holds two United States dollar — Euro cross currency swaps with an aggregate Euro notional amount of 706.0 million and a corresponding aggregate U.S. dollar notional amount of $877.7 million. These cross currency swaps had a value of $68.5 million at December 31, 2006, which was recorded in “Other long-term obligations”.
The cross currency swaps require the Company to make fixed cash payments on the Euro notional amount while it receives fixed cash payments on the equivalent U.S. dollar notional amount, all on a semiannual basis. The Company has designated the cross currency swaps as a hedge of its net investment in Euro denominated assets. The Company selected the forward method under the guidance of the Derivatives Implementation Group Statement 133 Implementation Issue H8, Foreign Currency Hedges: Measuring the Amount of Ineffectiveness in a Net Investment Hedge. The forward method requires all changes in the fair value of the cross currency swaps and the semiannual cash payments to be reported as a cumulative translation adjustment in other comprehensive income (loss) in the same manner as the underlying hedged net assets. As of December 31, 2006, a $35.7 million loss, net of tax, was recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment to “Other comprehensive income (loss)” related to the cross currency swaps.
Prior to the Company entering into the cross currency swaps, it held 6.5% Eurobonds to hedge a portion of the effect of movements in currency exchange rate on its net assets in foreign countries. On February 25, 2004, the Company redeemed the majority of its Eurobonds. The remaining amount of foreign denominated debt matured on July 7, 2005.
NOTE I — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company leases office space, certain broadcasting facilities, equipment and the majority of the land occupied by its outdoor advertising structures under long-term operating leases. Some of the lease agreements contain renewal options and annual rental escalation clauses (generally tied to the consumer price index), as well as provisions for the payment of utilities and maintenance by the Company.
The Company has minimum franchise payments associated with non-cancelable contracts that enable it to display advertising on such media as buses, taxis, trains, bus shelters and terminals, as well as other similar type surfaces. The majority of these contracts contain rent provisions that are calculated as either the greater of a percentage of the relevant advertising revenue or a specified guaranteed minimum annual payment. The Company has various contracts in its radio broadcasting operations related to program rights and music license fees. In addition, the Company has commitments relating to required purchases of property, plant, and equipment under certain street furniture contracts, as well as construction commitments for facilities.

78



Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2006, the Company’s future minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating lease agreements with terms in excess of one year, minimum payments under non-cancelable contracts in excess of one year, and capital expenditure commitments consist of the following:
(In thousands)
                         
    Non-Cancelable     Non-Cancelable     Capital  
    Operating Leases     Contracts     Expenditures  
2007
  $ 318,652     $ 673,672     $ 95,032  
2008
    296,239       544,580       49,990  
2009
    262,776       434,129       15,252  
2010
    220,667       260,566       8,853  
2011
    181,769       210,903       4,612  
Thereafter
    948,873       690,243       7,730  
 
                 
Total
  $ 2,228,976     $ 2,814,093     $ 181,469  
 
                 
Rent expense charged to continuing operations for 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $1.1 billion, $985.6 million and $924.7 million, respectively.
The Company is currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, has accrued its estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in the Company’s assumptions or the effectiveness of its strategies related to these proceedings.
In various areas in which the Company operates, outdoor advertising is the object of restrictive and, in some cases, prohibitive zoning and other regulatory provisions, either enacted or proposed. The impact to the Company of loss of displays due to governmental action has been somewhat mitigated by federal and state laws mandating compensation for such loss and constitutional restraints.
Various acquisition agreements include deferred consideration payments based on performance requirements by the seller typically involving the completion of a development or obtaining appropriate permits that enable the Company to construct additional advertising displays. At December 31, 2006, the Company believes its maximum aggregate contingency, which is subject to performance requirements by the seller, is approximately $35.0 million. As the contingencies have not been met or resolved as of December 31, 2006, these amounts are not recorded. If future payments are made, amounts will be recorded as additional purchase price.
The Company has various investments in nonconsolidated affiliates that are subject to agreements that contain provisions that may result in future additional investments to be made by the Company. The put values are contingent upon financial performance of the investee and typically based on the investee meeting certain EBITDA targets, as defined in the agreement. The Company will continue to accrue additional amounts related to such contingent payments if and when it is determinable that the applicable financial performance targets will be met. The aggregate of these contingent payments, if performance targets are met, would not significantly impact the financial position or results of operations of the Company.
NOTE J — GUARANTEES
Within the Company’s $1.75 billion credit facility, there exists a $150.0 million sub-limit available to certain of the Company’s international subsidiaries. This $150.0 million sub-limit allows for borrowings in various foreign currencies, which are used to hedge net assets in those currencies and provides funds to the Company’s international operations for certain working capital needs. Subsidiary borrowings under this sub-limit are guaranteed by the Company. At December 31, 2006, this portion of the $1.75 billion credit facility’s outstanding balance was $23.5 million, which is recorded in “Long-term debt” on the Company’s financial statements.
Within the Company’s bank credit facility agreement is a provision that requires the Company to reimburse lenders for any increased costs that they may incur in an event of a change in law, rule or regulation resulting in their

79



Table of Contents

reduced returns from any change in capital requirements. In addition to not being able to estimate the potential amount of any future payment under this provision, the Company is not able to predict if such event will ever occur.
The Company currently has guarantees that provide protection to its international subsidiary’s banking institutions related to overdraft lines up to approximately $39.9 million. As of December 31, 2006, no amounts were outstanding under these agreements.
As of December 31, 2006, the Company has outstanding commercial standby letters of credit and surety bonds of $79.8 million and $36.3 million, respectively. These letters of credit and surety bonds relate to various operational matters including insurance, bid, and performance bonds as well as other items. These letters of credit reduce the borrowing availability on the Company’s bank credit facilities, and are included in the Company’s calculation of its leverage ratio covenant under the bank credit facilities. The surety bonds are not considered as borrowings under the Company’s bank credit facilities.
NOTE K — INCOME TAXES
Significant components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
(In thousands)
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
Current — federal
  $ 230,140     $ (11,541 )   $ 310,522  
Current — foreign
    40,454       56,879       34,895  
Current — state
    28,368       (1,722 )     22,182  
 
                 
Total current
    298,962       43,616       367,599  
 
                       
Deferred — federal
    194,332       396,945       136,917  
Deferred — foreign
    (9,134 )     (35,040 )     (18,339 )
Deferred — state
    16,657       19,835       11,736  
 
                 
Total deferred
    201,855       381,740       130,314  
 
                 
Income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 500,817     $ 425,356     $ 497,913  
 
                 
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax liabilities and assets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are as follows:
(In thousands)
                 
    2006     2005  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Intangibles and fixed assets
  $ 761,866     $ 533,081  
Unrealized gain in marketable securities
    38,485       32,882  
Foreign
    4,677       3,917  
Equity in earnings
    26,248       15,365  
Investments
    13,993       1,683  
Deferred Income
    4,129        
Other
    13,753       12,984  
 
           
Total deferred tax liabilities
    863,151       599,912  

80



Table of Contents

(In thousands)
                 
    2006     2005  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Accrued expenses
    19,783       25,439  
Long-term debt
    35,081       10,318  
Net operating loss/Capital loss carryforwards
    558,371       575,858  
Bad debt reserves
    15,105       11,110  
Deferred income
          6,111  
Other
    66,635       39,746  
 
           
Total gross deferred tax assets
    694,975       668,582  
Valuation allowance
    553,398       571,154  
 
           
Total deferred tax assets
    141,577       97,428  
 
           
Net deferred tax liabilities
  $ 721,574     $ 502,484  
 
           
Included in the Company’s net deferred tax liabilities are $19.2 million and $31.1 million of current net deferred tax assets for 2006 and 2005, respectively. The Company presents these assets in “Other current assets” on its consolidated balance sheets. The remaining $740.8 million and $533.6 million of net deferred tax liabilities for 2006 and 2005, respectively, are presented in “Deferred tax liabilities” on the consolidated balance sheets.
At December 31, 2006, net deferred tax liabilities include a deferred tax asset of $16.5 million relating to stock-based compensation expense under Statement 123(R). Full realization of this deferred tax asset requires stock options to be exercised at a price equaling or exceeding the sum of the grant price plus the fair value of the option at the grant date and restricted stock to vest at a price equaling or exceeding the fair market value at the grant date. The provisions of Statement 123(R), however, do not allow a valuation allowance to be recorded unless the company’s future taxable income is expected to be insufficient to recover the asset. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the stock price of the Company’s common stock will rise to levels sufficient to realize the entire tax benefit currently reflected in its balance sheet. See Note L for additional discussion of Statement 123(R).
The deferred tax liability related to intangibles and fixed assets primarily relates to the difference in book and tax basis of acquired FCC licenses and tax deductible goodwill created from the Company’s various stock acquisitions. As discussed in Note C, in 2004 the Company adopted D-108, which resulted in the Company recording a non-cash charge of approximately $4.9 billion, net of deferred tax of $3.0 billion, related to its FCC licenses and permits. In accordance with Statement No. 142, the Company no longer amortizes FCC licenses and permits. Thus, a deferred tax benefit for the difference between book and tax amortization for the Company’s FCC licenses, permits and tax-deductible goodwill is no longer recognized, as these assets are no longer amortized for book purposes. As a result, this deferred tax liability will not reverse over time unless the Company recognizes future impairment charges related to its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill or sells its FCC licenses or permits. As the Company continues to amortize its tax basis in its FCC licenses, permits and tax deductible goodwill, the deferred tax liability will increase over time.
During 2005, the Company recognized a capital loss of approximately $2.4 billion as a result of the spin-off of Live Nation. Of the $2.4 billion capital loss, approximately $734.5 million was used to offset capital gains recognized in 2002, 2003 and 2004 and the Company received the related $257.0 million tax refund on October 12, 2006. The Company also utilized $191.0 million of the capital loss to offset capital gains recognized in 2005. The remaining $1.5 billion capital loss will be carried forward to offset future capital gains for the next five years. The Company has recorded an after tax valuation allowance of $553.4 million related to the capital loss carryforward due to the uncertainty of the ability to utilize the carryforward prior to its expiration. During the first quarter of 2006, the Company received a federal tax refund of $133.4 million related to the restructuring its international businesses consistent with its strategic realignment.

81



Table of Contents

The reconciliation of income tax computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense (benefit) is:
(In thousands)
                                                 
    2006   2005   2004
    Amount     Percent   Amount     Percent   Amount     Percent
Income tax expense (benefit) at statutory rates
  $ 427,527       35 %   $ 376,898       35 %   $ 454,989       35 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    45,025       4 %     18,113       2 %     33,918       3 %
Foreign taxes
    6,391       1 %     6,624       1 %     11,379       1 %
Nondeductible items
    2,607       0 %     2,337       0 %     5,173       0 %
Changes in valuation allowance and other estimates
    17,241       1 %     19,638       2 %     (3,901 )     (1 %)
Other, net
    2,026       0 %     1,746       0 %     (3,645 )     0 %
 
                                   
 
  $ 500,817       41 %   $ 425,356       40 %   $ 497,913       38 %
 
                                   
During 2006, the Company utilized approximately $70.3 million of net operating loss carryforwards, the majority of which were generated during 2005. The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards reduced current taxes payable and current tax expense as of and for the year ended December 31, 2006. In addition, current tax expense was reduced by approximately $22.1 million related to the disposition of certain operating assets and the filing of an amended tax return during 2006. As discussed above, the Company recorded a capital loss on the spin-off of Live Nation. During 2006 the amount of capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance was adjusted to the final amount reported on our 2005 filed tax return.
During 2005, current tax expense was reduced by approximately $204.7 million from foreign exchange losses as a result of the Company’s restructuring its international businesses consistent with its strategic realignment, a foreign exchange loss for tax purposes on the redemption of the Company’s Euro denominated bonds and tax deductions taken on an amended tax return filing for a previous year. These losses resulted in a net operating loss of $65.5 million for 2005. The Company’s deferred tax expense increased as a result of these items. As stated above, the Company recognized a capital loss of approximately $2.4 billion during 2005. Approximately $925.5 million of the capital loss was utilized in 2005 and carried back to earlier years and no amount was utilized in 2006. The anticipated utilization of the capital loss resulted in a $314.1 million current tax benefit that was recorded as a component of discontinued operations in 2005. The Company has approximately $1.5 billion in capital loss carryforwards, which are recorded as a deferred tax asset on the Company’s balance sheet at its effective tax rate, for which a 100% valuation allowance has been recorded. If the Company is able to utilize the capital loss carryforward in future years, the valuation allowance will be released and be recorded as a current tax benefit in the year the losses are utilized.
During 2004, the Company utilized approximately $5.7 million of net operating loss carryforwards, the majority of which were generated by certain acquired companies prior to their acquisition by the Company. The utilization of the net operating loss carryforwards reduced current taxes payable and current tax expense as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004. As a result of the favorable resolution of certain tax contingencies, current tax expense includes benefits of $34.1 million. The benefits resulted in an effective tax rate of 38% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2004.
The remaining federal net operating loss carryforwards of $11.0 million expire in various amounts from 2007 to 2021.

82



Table of Contents

NOTE L — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Dividends
The Company’s Board of Directors declared quarterly cash dividends as follows.
(In millions, except per share data)
                                 
    Amount                    
    per                    
         Declaration   Common                   Total
              Date   Share   Record Date   Payment Date   Payment
2006:
                               
    0.1875     March 31, 2006   April 15, 2006   $ 95.5  
    0.1875     June 30, 2006   July 15, 2006     94.0  
    0.1875     September 30, 2006   October 15, 2006     92.4  
    0.1875     December 31, 2006   January 15, 2007     92.6  
 
                               
2005:
                               
    0.125     March 31, 2005   April 15, 2005   $ 68.9  
    0.1875     June 30, 2005   July 15, 2005     101.7  
    0.1875     September 30, 2005   October 15, 2005     101.8  
    0.1875     December 31, 2005   January 15, 2006     100.9  
Share-Based Payments
The Company has granted options to purchase its common stock to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates under various stock option plans typically at no less than the fair value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company or one of its affiliates. These options generally vest over five years. All option plans contain anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of the Company’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
The Company adopted the fair value recognition provisions of Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006, using the modified-prospective-transition method. The fair value of the options is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized straight-line to expense over five years. Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company accounted for its share-based payments under the recognition and measurement provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”) and related Interpretations, as permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (“Statement 123”). Under that method, when options are granted with a strike price equal to or greater than the market price on the date of issuance, there is no impact on earnings either on the date of grant or thereafter, absent certain modifications to the options. The amounts recorded as share-based payments prior to adopting Statement 123(R) primarily related to the expense associated with restricted stock awards. Under the modified-prospective-transition method, compensation cost recognized beginning in 2006 includes: (a) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted prior to, but not yet vested as of January 1, 2006, based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the original provisions of Statement 123, and (b) compensation cost for all share-based payments granted subsequent to January 1, 2006, based on the grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of Statement 123(R). As permitted under the modified-perspective-transition method, results for prior periods have not been restated.
As a result of adopting Statement 123(R) on January 1, 2006, the Company’s income before income taxes, minority interest and discontinued operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $29.6 million lower and net income for the year ended December 31, 2006 was $17.5 million lower than if it had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25. Basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2006 were $.04 and $.03 lower, respectively, than if the Company had continued to account for share-based compensation under APB 25.

83



Table of Contents

Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), the Company presented all tax benefits of deductions resulting from the exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows. Statement 123(R) requires the cash flows resulting from the tax benefits resulting from tax deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for those options (excess tax benefits) to be classified as financing cash flows. The excess tax benefit that is required to be classified as a financing cash inflow after adoption of Statement 123(R) is not material.
The following table illustrates the effect on net income and earnings per share for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, as if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of Statement 123 to options granted under the Company’s stock option plans in all periods presented. For purposes of this pro forma disclosure, the value of the options, excluding restricted stock awards, is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and amortized to expense over the options’ vesting periods.
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
    2005     2004  
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle:
               
Reported
  $ 633,648     $ 794,454  
 
               
Add: Share-based payments included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
    6,081       3,596  
Deduct: Total share-based payments determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    (31,759 )     (68,815 )
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ 607,970     $ 729,235  
 
           
 
               
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax
               
Reported
  $ 302,014     $ 51,345  
 
               
Add: Share-based payments included in reported net income, net of related tax effects
    1,313       1,024  
Deduct: Total share-based payments determined under fair value based method for all awards, net of related tax effects
    5,400       (12,391 )
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ 308,727     $ 39,978  
 
           
 
               
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share:
               
Basic:
               
Reported
  $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ 1.11     $ 1.22  
 
           
 
               
Diluted:
               
Reported
  $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ 1.11     $ 1.22  
 
           
 
               
Discontinued operations, net per common share:
               
Basic:
               
Reported
  $ .55     $ .09  
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ .57     $ .07  
 
           
 
               
Diluted:
               
Reported
  $ .55     $ .08  
 
           
Pro Forma
  $ .56     $ .07  
 
           
The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on the Company’s stock, historical volatility on the Company’s stock, and other factors. The expected life of options granted represents the period of

84



Table of Contents

time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of the Company’s options on the date of grant during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004:
             
    2006   2005   2004
Expected volatility
  25%   25%   42% – 50%
Expected life in years
  5 – 7.5   5 – 7.5   3 – 7.5
Risk-free interest rate
  4.61% – 5.10%   3.76% – 4.44%   2.21% – 4.51%
Dividend yield
  2.32% – 2.65%   1.46% – 2.36%   .90% – 1.65%
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2006 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
(In thousands, except per share data)
                                 
                    Weighted Average   Aggregate
                    Remaining   Intrinsic
    Options   Price   Contractual Term   Value
Outstanding, January 1, 2006
    42,696     $ 41.34                  
Granted
    16       28.74                  
Exercised (a)
    (2,442 )     21.84                  
Forfeited
    (1,314 )     35.35                  
Expired
    (2,781 )     50.94                  
 
                               
Outstanding, December 31, 2006
    36,175       42.18     3.20 years   $ 67,761  
 
                               
Exercisable, December 31, 2006
    28,386             2.41 years   $ 42,161  
 
(a)   Cash received from option exercises for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $53.3 million, $24.6 million and $23.1 million, respectively. The Company received an income tax benefit of $2.8 million, $0.6 million and $2.9 million relating to the options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $22.2 million, $10.8 million and $33.1 million, respectively.
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was $7.21, $8.01 and $15.09, respectively.
A summary of the Company’s nonvested options at December 31, 2005, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2006, is presented below:
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
            Weighted Average
            Grant Date
    Options   Fair Value
Nonvested, January 1, 2006
    13,086     $ 15.03  
Granted
    16       7.21  
Vested
    (3,999 )     23.82  
Forfeited
    (1,314 )     13.29  
 
               
    7,789       10.77  
 
               
There were 37.0 million shares available for future grants under the various option plans at December 31, 2006. Vesting dates range from February 1997 to October 2011, and expiration dates range from January 2007 to October 2016 at exercise prices and average contractual lives as follows:

85



Table of Contents

                                                   
(In thousands of shares)             Weighted            
                      Average   Weighted           Weighted
              Outstanding   Remaining   Average   Exercisable   Average
              as of Contractual Exercise as of Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices   12/31/06   Life   Price   12/31/06   Price
$0.00
  $ 10.00       541       2.8     $ 5.90       541     $ 5.90  
10.01
    20.00       151       0.2       18.96       151       18.96  
20.01
    30.00       1,855       2.0       25.51       1,727       25.40  
30.01
    40.00       9,940       5.5       32.60       2,328       33.41  
40.01
    50.00       18,121       2.3       44.98       18,072       44.99  
50.01
    60.00       3,543       2.9       55.34       3,543       55.34  
60.01
    70.00       1,456       1.8       64.10       1,456       64.10  
70.01
    80.00       524       3.3       76.59       524       76.59  
80.01
    91.36       44       0.2       86.64       44       86.64  
 
                                                 
 
              36,175       3.2       42.18       28,386       44.88  
 
                                                 
Restricted Stock Awards
The Company began granting restricted stock awards to employees and directors of the Company and its affiliates in 2003. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with the Company prior to the lapse of the restriction. The restricted stock awards were granted out of the Company’s stock option plans. Recipients of the restricted stock awards are entitled to all cash dividends as of the date the award was granted.
The following table presents a summary of the Company’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2006 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
    2006
    Awards   Price
Outstanding, beginning of year
    2,452     $ 32.62  
Granted
    8       28.83  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (9 )     32.27  
Forfeited
    (169 )     32.23  
 
               
Outstanding, December 31
    2,282       32.64  
 
               
Subsidiary Share-Based Awards
CCO grants options to purchase shares of its Class A common stock to its employees and directors and its affiliates under its incentive stock plan typically at no less than the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant. These options are granted for a term not exceeding ten years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee or director terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO or one of its affiliates. These options generally vest over five years. The incentive stock plan contains anti-dilutive provisions that permit an adjustment of the number of shares of CCO’s common stock represented by each option for any change in capitalization.
Prior to CCO’s IPO, CCO did not have any compensation plans under which it granted stock awards to employees. However, the Company had granted certain of CCO’s officers and other key employees stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock. All outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock held by CCO employees were converted using an intrinsic value method into options to purchase shares of CCO Class A common shares concurrent with the closing of CCO’s IPO.

86



Table of Contents

The fair value of each option awarded is estimated on the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Expected volatilities are based on implied volatilities from traded options on CCO’s stock, historical volatility on CCO’s stock, and other factors. The expected life is based on historical data of options granted and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. CCO uses historical data to estimate option exercises and employee terminations within the valuation model. Prior to the adoption of Statement 123(R), the Company recognized forfeitures as they occurred in its Statement 123 pro forma disclosures. Beginning January 1, 2006, the Company includes estimated forfeitures in its compensation cost and updates the estimated forfeiture rate through the final vesting date of awards. The risk free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant for periods equal to the expected life of the option. The following assumptions were used to calculate the fair value of CCO’s options on the date of grant during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005:
         
    2006   2005
Expected volatility
  27%   25% – 27%
Expected life in years
  5.0 – 7.5   1.3 – 7.5
Risk-free interest rate
  4.58% – 5.08%   4.42% – 4.58%
Dividend yield
  0%   0%
The following table presents a summary of CCO’s stock options outstanding at and stock option activity during the year ended December 31, 2006 (“Price” reflects the weighted average exercise price per share):
(In thousands, except per share data)
                                 
                    Weighted Average   Aggregate
                    Remaining   Intrinsic
    Options   Price   Contractual Term   Value
Outstanding, January 1, 2006
    8,509     $ 24.05                  
Granted
    221       19.10                  
Exercised (a)
    (93 )     26.56                  
Forfeited
    (387 )     21.78                  
Expired
    (543 )     30.96                  
 
                               
Outstanding, December 31, 2006
    7,707       23.41     4.2 years   $ 44,463  
 
                               
Exercisable, December 31, 2006
    3,556             2.2 years   $ 5,913  
 
(a)   Cash received from option exercises was $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2006. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2006 was $0.3 million.
The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 was $6.76 and $6.51, respectively.
A summary of CCO’s nonvested options at December 31, 2005, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2006, is presented below:
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
            Weighted Average
            Grant Date
    Options   Fair Value
Nonvested, January 1, 2006
    5,634     $ 4.56  
Granted
    221       6.76  
Vested
    (1,317 )     1.18  
Forfeited
    (387 )     4.17  
 
               
    4,151       5.78  
 
               

87



Table of Contents

There were 34.0 million shares available for future grants under CCO’s option plan at December 31, 2006. Vesting dates range from April 2004 to October 2011, and expiration dates range from January 2007 to October 2016 at exercise prices and average contractual lives as follows:
(In thousands of shares)
                                                 
                    Weighted                
                    Average   Weighted           Weighted
            Outstanding   Remaining   Average   Exercisable   Average
            as of   Contractual   Exercise   as of   Exercise
Range of Exercise Prices   12/31/06   Life   Price   12/31/06   Price
$15.01
$ 20.00       3,338       6.2     $ 17.98       62     $ 17.44  
20.01
  25.00       1,078       4.1       21.10       211       21.71  
25.01
  30.00       2,068       2.6       26.13       2,060       26.13  
30.01
  35.00       687       2.1       32.78       687       32.78  
35.01
  40.00       412       0.3       37.86       412       37.86  
40.01
  45.00       98       2.0       42.80       98       42.80  
45.01
  49.96       26       0.0       49.95       26       49.95  
 
                                               
 
            7,707       4.2       23.41       3,556       29.00  
 
                                               
CCO also grants restricted stock awards to employees and directors of CCO and its affiliates. These common shares hold a legend which restricts their transferability for a term of up to five years and are forfeited, except in certain circumstances, in the event the employee terminates his or her employment or relationship with CCO prior to the lapse of the restriction. The restricted stock awards were granted out of the CCO’s stock option plan.
The following table presents a summary of CCO’s restricted stock outstanding at and restricted stock activity during the year ended December 31, 2006 (“Price” reflects the weighted average share price at the date of grant):
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
    2006
    Awards   Price
Outstanding, beginning of year
    236     $ 18.00  
Granted
    8       20.39  
Vested (restriction lapsed)
    (4 )     18.00  
Forfeited
    (23 )     14.16  
 
               
Outstanding, December 31
    217       18.84  
 
               
Unrecognized share-based compensation cost
As of December 31, 2006, there was $82.7 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.0 years.
Share Repurchase Programs
The Company’s Board of Directors approved two separate share repurchase programs during 2004, each for $1.0 billion. On February 1, 2005, the Board of Directors approved a third $1.0 billion share repurchase program (“February 2005 program”). On August 9, 2005, the Board of Directors authorized an increase in and extension of the February 2005 program, which had $307.4 million remaining, by $692.6 million, for a total of $1.0 billion. On March 9, 2006, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program, permitting it to repurchase $600.0 million of its common stock. On September 6, 2006, the Board of Directors authorized an additional share repurchase program, permitting the Company to repurchase an additional $1.0 billion of its common stock. This increase expires on September 6, 2007, although the program may be discontinued or suspended at anytime prior to its expiration. The Company had repurchased an aggregate 130.9 million shares for $4.3 billion, including commission and fees, under all previously announced share repurchase programs as of December 31, 2006, with $1.0 billion remaining available. The Company has suspended its share repurchase program, but it may be recommenced at any time without notice subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement.

88



Table of Contents

Shares Held in Treasury
Included in the 114,449 and 113,890 shares held in treasury are 14,449 and 13,890 shares that the Company holds in Rabbi Trusts at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, relating to the Company’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan. During the year ended December 31, 2006, 46.7 million shares were retired from the Company’s shares held in treasury account.
Reconciliation of Earnings per Share
(In thousands, except per share data)
                         
    2006     2005     2004  
NUMERATOR:
                       
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ 688,762     $ 633,648     $ 794,454  
Income from discontinued operations, net
    2,755       302,014       51,345  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    ¾       ¾       (4,883,968 )
 
                 
Net income (loss)
    691,517       935,662       (4,038,169 )
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
None
    ¾       ¾       ¾  
 
                 
Numerator for net income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share — diluted
    691,517       935,662       845,799  
Numerator for cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle per common share — diluted
    ¾       ¾       (4,883,968 )
 
                 
Numerator for net income (loss) per common share — diluted
  $ 691,517     $ 935,662     $ (4,038,169 )
 
                 
DENOMINATOR:
                       
Weighted average common shares
    500,786       545,848       596,126  
 
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options and common stock warrants
    853       1,303       2,149  
 
                 
Denominator for net income (loss) per common share — diluted
    501,639       547,151       598,275  
 
                 
 
                       
Net income (loss) per common share:
                       
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Basic
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
Discontinued operations — Basic
    .01       .55       .09  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Basic
    ¾       ¾       (8.19 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) — Basic
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.77 )
 
                 
 
Income before cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Diluted
  $ 1.37     $ 1.16     $ 1.33  
Discontinued operations — Diluted
    .01       .55       .08  
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle — Diluted
    ¾       ¾       (8.16 )
 
                 
Net income (loss) — Diluted
  $ 1.38     $ 1.71     $ (6.75 )
 
                 
NOTE M — EMPLOYEE STOCK AND SAVINGS PLANS
The Company has various 401(k) savings and other plans for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for substantially all employees. Both the employees and the Company make contributions to the plan. The Company

89



Table of Contents

matches a portion of an employee’s contribution. Company matched contributions vest to the employees based upon their years of service to the Company. Contributions from continuing operations to these plans of $36.2 million, $35.3 million and $32.0 million were charged to expense for 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The Company has a non-qualified employee stock purchase plan for all eligible employees. Under the plan, shares of the Company’s common stock may be purchased at 95% of the market value on the day of purchase. The Company changed its discount from market value offered to participants under the plan from 15% to 5% in July 2005. Employees may purchase shares having a value not exceeding 10% of their annual gross compensation or $25,000, whichever is lower. During 2006, 2005 and 2004, employees purchased 144,444, 222,789 and 262,163 shares at weighted average share prices of $28.56, $28.79 and $32.05, respectively. Effective January 1, 2007 the Company no longer accepts contributions to this plan as a condition of its Merger Agreement.
The Company offers a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for highly compensated executives allowing deferrals up to 50% of their annual salary and up to 80% of their bonus before taxes. The Company does not match any deferral amounts and retains ownership of all assets until distributed. The liability under this deferred compensation plan at December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $32.5 million, $21.1 million and $14.0 million, respectively, recorded in “Other long-term liabilities”.
NOTE N — OTHER INFORMATION
(In thousands)
                         
    For the year ended December 31,  
    2006     2005     2004  
The following details the components of “Other income (expense) – net”:
                       
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt
  $ ¯     $ ¯     $ (31,600 )
Foreign exchange gain (loss)
    (8,130 )     7,550       (756 )
Other
    (291 )     3,717       2,063  
 
                 
Total other income (expense) — net
  $ (8,421 )   $ 11,267     $ (30,293 )
 
                 
The following details the income tax expense (benefit) on items of other comprehensive income (loss):
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (22,012 )   $ 187,216     $ 32,586  
Unrealized gain (loss) on securities and derivatives:
                       
Unrealized holding gain (loss)
  $ (37,091 )   $ (29,721 )   $ 29,298  
Unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
  $ 46,662     $ 34,711     $ (40,346 )
Reclassification adjustments for (gain) loss included in net income (loss)
  $     $     $ (19,927 )
(In thousands)
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2006     2005  
The following details the components of “Other current assets”:
               
Current film rights
  $ 19,062     $ 18,060  
Inventory
    23,062       18,934  
Deferred tax asset
    19,246       31,148  
Deposits
    22,346       27,054  
Other prepayments
    55,795       47,366  
Other
    126,630       135,732  
 
           
Total other current assets
  $ 266,141     $ 278,294  
 
           

90



Table of Contents

(In thousands)
                 
    As of December 31,  
    2006     2005  
The following details the components of “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)”:
               
Cumulative currency translation adjustment
  $ 225,459     $ 138,028  
Cumulative unrealized gain on investments
    76,105       136,621  
Cumulative unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow derivatives
    3,411       (72,721 )
 
           
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ 304,975     $ 201,928  
 
           
NOTE O — SEGMENT DATA
The Company’s reportable operating segments are radio broadcasting, Americas outdoor advertising and international outdoor advertising. Revenue and expenses earned and charged between segments are recorded at fair value and eliminated in consolidation. The radio broadcasting segment also operates various radio networks. The Americas outdoor advertising segment consists of our operations primarily in the United States, Canada and Latin America, with approximately 94% of its 2006 revenues in this segment derived from the United States. The international outdoor segment includes operations in Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia. The Americas and international display inventory consists primarily of billboards, street furniture displays and transit displays. The other category includes our television business and our media representation firm, as well as other general support services and initiatives which are ancillary to our other businesses. Share-based payments are recorded by each segment in direct operating and selling, general and administrative expenses.
(In thousands)
                                                         
                                    Corporate, merger              
            Americas     International             and gain on              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor             disposition of              
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     assets - net     Eliminations     Consolidated  
2006
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,697,190     $ 1,341,356     $ 1,556,365     $ 602,113     $ ¾     $ (130,067 )   $ 7,066,957  
Direct operating expenses
    1,028,439       534,365       918,735       228,486       ¾       (59,932 )     2,650,093  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,252,556       207,326       341,410       237,712             (70,135 )     1,968,869  
Depreciation and amortization
    135,980       178,970       228,760       70,526       19,587       ¾       633,823  
Corporate expenses
                            201,752             201,752  
Merger expenses
                            7,633             7,633  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
                            69,330             69,330  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,280,215     $ 420,695     $ 67,460     $ 65,389     $ (159,642 )   $     $ 1,674,117  
 
                                         
 
Intersegment revenues
  $ 40,939     $ 10,647     $     $ 78,481     $ ¾     $ ¾     $ 130,067  
Identifiable assets
  $ 12,175,907     $ 2,820,737     $ 2,401,924     $ 1,102,377     $ 324,137     $ ¾     $ 18,825,082  
Capital expenditures
  $ 99,671     $ 90,495     $ 143,387     $ 10,005     $ 6,935     $ ¾     $ 350,493  
Share-based payments
  $ 25,237     $ 4,699     $ 1,312     $ 3,904     $ 9,126     $ ¾     $ 44,278  

91



Table of Contents

                                                         
(In thousands)                                                
                                    Corporate and              
            Americas     International             gain on              
    Radio     Outdoor     Outdoor           disposition of              
    Broadcasting     Advertising     Advertising     Other     assets - net     Eliminations     Consolidated  
2005
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,502,508     $ 1,216,382     $ 1,449,696     $ 532,339     $ ¾     $ (122,120 )   $ 6,578,805  
Direct operating expenses
    958,071       489,826       851,635       218,107       ¾       (60,595 )     2,457,044  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,207,800       186,749       355,045       214,768             (61,525 )     1,902,837  
Depreciation and amortization
    139,276       180,559       220,080       68,770       19,325       ¾       628,010  
Corporate expenses
                            171,076             171,076  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
                            51,355             51,355  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,197,361     $ 359,248     $ 22,936     $ 30,694     $ (139,046 )   $     $ 1,471,193  
Intersegment revenues
  $ 37,420     $ 8,236     $     $ 76,464     $ ¾     $ ¾     $ 122,120  
Identifiable assets
  $ 12,042,683     $ 2,531,426     $ 2,125,470     $ 1,163,251     $ 773,968     $ ¾     $ 18,636,798  
Capital expenditures
  $ 92,119     $ 73,084     $ 135,072     $ 16,506     $ 8,944     $ ¾     $ 325,725  
Share-based payments
  $ 212     $     $     $     $ 5,869     $ ¾     $ 6,081  
2004
                                                       
Revenue
  $ 3,720,445     $ 1,092,089     $ 1,354,951     $ 548,641     $ ¾     $ (115,172 )   $ 6,600,954  
Direct operating expenses
    891,275       468,571       793,630       215,898       ¾       (47,915 )     2,321,459  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    1,244,617       173,010       326,447       217,733             (67,257 )     1,894,550  
Depreciation and amortization
    156,485       186,620       201,597       62,514       20,708       ¾       627,924  
Corporate expenses
                            167,388             167,388  
Gain on disposition of assets — net
                            39,576             39,576  
 
                                         
Operating income (loss)
  $ 1,428,068     $ 263,888     $ 33,277     $ 52,496     $ (148,520 )   $     $ 1,629,209  
 
                                         
Intersegment revenues
  $ 39,139     $ 10,510     $     $ 65,523     $ ¾     $ ¾     $ 115,172  
Identifiable assets
  $ 12,246,437     $ 2,475,299     $ 2,223,917     $ 1,232,053     $ 315,365     $ ¾     $ 18,493,071  
Capital expenditures
  $ 80,710     $ 60,506     $ 112,791     $ 13,374     $ 15,779     $ ¾     $ 283,160  
Share-based payments
  $ 930     $     $     $     $ 2,666     $ ¾     $ 3,596  
Revenue of $1.7 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.4 billion and identifiable assets of $2.7 billion, $2.2 billion and $2.3 billion derived from the Company’s foreign operations are included in the data above for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

92



Table of Contents

NOTE P — QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Unaudited)
(In thousands, except per share data)
                                                                 
    March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,  
    2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005     2006     2005  
Revenue
  $ 1,497,381     $ 1,440,761     $ 1,841,799     $ 1,714,194     $ 1,786,546     $ 1,674,971     $ 1,941,231     $ 1,748,879  
Operating expenses:
                                                               
Direct operating expenses
    610,210       585,610       650,319       608,961       672,178       611,470       717,386       651,003  
Selling, general and administrative expenses
    468,918       452,474       508,099       477,006       482,177       484,601       509,675       488,756  
Depreciation and amortization
    150,720       154,814       157,691       152,120       156,631       153,433       168,781       167,643  
Corporate expenses
    41,524       35,967       49,491       42,374       49,630       41,071       61,107       51,664  
Merger expenses
                                        7,633        
Gain (loss) on disposition of assets — net
    47,507       925       (434 )     4,891       8,915       8,487       13,342       37,052  
 
                                               
Operating income
    273,516       212,821       475,765       438,624       434,845       392,883       489,991       426,865  
Interest expense
    114,376       106,649       123,298       105,058       128,271       113,087       118,029       118,451  
Gain (loss) on marketable securities
    (2,324 )     (1,073 )     (1,000 )     1,610       5,396       (815 )     234       (424 )
Equity in earnings of nonconsolidated affiliates
    6,909       5,633       9,577       11,962       8,568       10,565       12,424       10,178  
Other income (expense) — net
    (583 )     1,440       (4,633 )     7,705       (536 )     (560 )     (2,669 )     2,682  
 
                                               
Income before income taxes minority interest, discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    163,142       112,172       356,411       354,843       320,002       288,986       381,951       320,850  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    (66,888 )     (44,308 )     (146,128 )     (140,164 )     (131,201 )     (114,151 )     (156,600 )     (126,733 )
Minority interest expense — net
    780       (574 )     (13,736 )     (2,229 )     (3,673 )     (3,577 )     (15,298 )     (11,467 )
 
                                               
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
    97,034       67,290       196,547       212,450       185,128       171,258       210,053       182,650  
Discontinued operations
    (220 )     (19,408 )     941       8,282       743       34,217       1,291       278,923  
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ 96,814     $ 47,882     $ 197,488     $ 220,732     $ 185,871     $ 205,475     $ 211,344     $ 461,573  
 
                                               
Net income (loss) per common share:
                                                               
Basic:
                                                               
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ .19     $ .12     $ .39     $ .39     $ .38     $ .32     $ .43     $ .34  
Discontinued operations
          (.03 )           .02             .06             .52  
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ .19     $ .09     $ .39     $ .41     $ .38     $ .38     $ .43     $ .86  
 
                                               
Diluted:
                                                               
Income before discontinued operations and cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle
  $ .19     $ .12     $ .39     $ .39     $ .38     $ .32     $ .43     $ .34  
Discontinued operations
          (.03 )           .01             .06             .52  
 
                                               
Net income (loss)
  $ .19     $ .09     $ .39     $ .40     $ .38     $ .38     $ .43     $ .86  
 
                                               
Dividends declared per share
  $ .1875     $ .125     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875     $ .1875  
Stock price:
                                                               
High
  $ 32.84     $ 35.07     $ 31.54     $ 34.81     $ 31.64     $ 34.26     $ 35.88     $ 33.44  
Low
    27.82       31.14       27.34       28.75       27.17       30.31       28.83       29.60  
The Company’s Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol CCU.

93



Table of Contents

NOTE Q — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
The Company filed a Definitive Proxy Statement with the SEC on January 29, 2007 related to its proposed merger with a group of private equity funds sponsored by Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. The special meeting to vote on the merger will be March 21, 2007.
On February 1, 2007, the Company redeemed its 3.125% Senior Notes at their maturity for $250.0 million plus accrued interest with proceeds from its bank credit facility.
Our Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of 18.75 cents per share on February 21, 2007.
Subsequent to December 31, 2006, the Company had definitive asset purchase agreements for the sale of 45 radio stations. These stations had a carrying value of approximately $34.8 million at December 31, 2006. The closing of these sales is subject to antitrust clearances, FCC approval and other customary closing conditions. The Company also completed the sale of 7 radio stations it had under definitive asset purchase agreements at December 31, 2006.
ITEM 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Not Applicable

94



Table of Contents

ITEM 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify the Company’s financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors.
Based on their evaluation as of December 31, 2006, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the Company have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) are effective to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Clear Channel Communications Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed under the supervision of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
As of December 31, 2006, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on the assessment, management determined that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on those criteria.
Ernst & Young LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, has issued an attestation report on management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006. The report, which expresses unqualified opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is included in this Item under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. ”
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

95



Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND SHAREHOLDERS
CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
We have audited management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (the Company) maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on management’s assessment and an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, management’s assessment that Clear Channel Communications, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on the COSO criteria. Also, in our opinion, Clear Channel Communications, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 of Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated February 26, 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
                                        /s/ERNST & YOUNG LLP
San Antonio, Texas
February 26, 2007
ITEM 9B. Other Information
Not Applicable

96



Table of Contents

PART III
ITEM 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
     We believe that one of our most important assets is our experienced management team. With respect to our operations, managers are responsible for the day-to-day operation of their respective location. We believe that the autonomy of our management enables us to attract top quality managers capable of implementing our aggressive marketing strategy and reacting to competition in the local markets. Most of our managers have options to purchase our common stock. As an additional incentive, a portion of each manager’s compensation is related to the performance of the profit centers for which he or she is responsible. In an effort to monitor expenses, corporate management routinely reviews staffing levels and operating costs. Combined with the centralized financial functions, this monitoring enables us to control expenses effectively. Corporate management also advises local managers on broad policy matters and is responsible for long-range planning, allocating resources and financial reporting and controls.
     The information required by this item with respect to our code of ethics, the directors and nominees for election to our Board of Directors is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics”, “Election of Directors” or “Compliance With Section 16(A) of the Exchange Act,” in our Definitive Proxy Statement, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
     The following information is submitted with respect to our executive officers as of February 28, 2007:
             
    Age on        
    February 28,       Officer
Name   2007   Position   Since
  71   Chairman of the Board   1972
  43   Chief Executive Officer   1989
  41   President/Chief Financial Officer   1993
  48   Senior Vice President/Chief Accounting Officer   1989
Paul Meyer
  64   Global President and Chief Operating Officer – Clear Channel Outdoor   1997
William Moll
  69   Chairman - Clear Channel Television   2001
Don Perry
  55   President/Chief Executive Officer – Clear Channel Television   2006
John Hogan
  50   President/Chief Executive Officer – Clear Channel Radio   2002
Andrew Levin
  44   Executive Vice President/Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   2004
     The officers named above serve until the next Board of Directors meeting immediately following the Annual Meeting of Shareholders.
     Mr. L. Mays is our founder and was our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer from February 1997 to October 2004. Since that time, Mr. L. Mays has served as our Chairman of the Board. He has been one of our directors since our inception. Mr. L. Mays is the father of Mark P. Mays, our Chief Executive Officer, and Randall T. Mays, our President/Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.
     Mr. M. Mays was our President and Chief Operating Officer from February 1997 until his appointment as our President and Chief Executive Officer in October 2004. He relinquished his duties as President in February 2006. He has been one of our directors since May 1998. Mr. M. Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays, our Chairman of the Board and the brother of Randall T. Mays, our President/Chief Financial Officer and Secretary.
     Mr. R. Mays was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in February 1997 and was appointed as our Secretary in April 2003. He was appointed our President in February 2006. Mr. R. Mays is the son of L. Lowry Mays our Chairman of the Board and the brother of Mark P. Mays, our Chief Executive Officer.

97



Table of Contents

     Mr. Hill was appointed Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer in February 1997.
     Mr. Meyer was appointed Global President/Chief Operating Officer — Clear Channel Outdoor Holdings, Inc. (formerly Eller Media) in April 2005. Prior thereto, he was the President/Chief Executive Officer — Clear Channel Outdoor for the remainder of the relevant five-year period.
     Mr. Moll was appointed Chairman – Clear Channel Television in 2006. Prior thereto, he was the President — Clear Channel Television for the remainder of the relevant five-year period.
     Mr. Perry was appointed President & CEO of Clear Channel Television in January, 2006. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President & COO of Clear Channel Television from June, 2005. Prior thereto, he was a Vice President for Clear Channel Television and General Manager of WOAI-TV for the remainder of the relevant five year period.
     Mr. Hogan was appointed Chief Executive Officer of Clear Channel Radio in August 2002. Prior thereto he was Chief Operating Officer of Clear Channel Radio for the remainder of the relevant five-year period.
     Mr. Levin was appointed Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary in February 2004. Prior thereto he served as Senior Vice President for Government Affairs since he joined us in 2002. He was Democratic Counsel to the United States House of Representatives Energy and Commerce Committee for the remainder of the relevant five-year period.
ITEM 11. Executive Compensation
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the caption “Executive Compensation” in our Definitive Proxy Statement, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management”, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “Certain Transactions”, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.
ITEM 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
     The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to our Definitive Proxy Statement under the heading “Auditor Fees”, expected to be filed within 120 days of our fiscal year end.

98



Table of Contents

PART IV
ITEM 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)1. Financial Statements.
The following consolidated financial statements are included in Item 8.
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2006 and 2005
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(a)2. Financial Statement Schedule.
The following financial statement schedule for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and related report of independent auditors is filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.
Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable, and therefore have been omitted.

99



Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(In thousands)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
                                         
                                   
            Charges                      
    Balance at     to Costs,     Write-off             Balance  
    Beginning     Expenses     of Accounts             at end of  
Description   of period     and other     Receivable     Other     Period  
Year ended December 31, 2004
  $ 44,991     $ 38,146     $ 36,892     $ 1,155 (1)   $ 47,400  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2005
  $ 47,400     $ 35,289     $ 33,762     $ (1,866) (1)   $ 47,061  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 47,061     $ 35,938     $ 27,162     $ 1,962 (1)   $ 57,799  
 
                             
 
(1)   Primarily foreign currency adjustments.

100



Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance
(In thousands)
                                         
                                     
            Charges                        
    Balance at     to Costs,                     Balance  
    Beginning     Expenses                     at end of  
Description   of period     and other     Deletions (2)     Other (1)     Period  
Year ended December 31, 2004
  $ 60,672     $     $ 60,672     $     $  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2005
  $     $     $     $ 571,154     $ 571,154  
 
                             
 
                                       
Year ended December 31, 2006
  $ 571,154     $     $     $ (17,756 )   $ 553,398  
 
                             
 
(1)   Related to a valuation allowance for the capital loss carryforward recognized during 2005 as a result of the spin-off of Live Nation. During 2006 the amount of capital loss carryforward and the related valuation allowance was adjusted to the final amount reported on our 2005 filed tax return.
 
(2)   In 2004, the Company utilized net operating loss carryforwards and certain deferred tax assets, which resulted in the reduction of the allowance for those net operating loss carryforwards and other assets.

101



Table of Contents

(a)3. Exhibits.
     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
3.1
  Current Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-33371) dated September 9, 1997).
 
   
3.2
  Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2005).
 
   
3.3
  Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).
 
   
3.4
  Second Amendment to Clear Channel’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999).
 
   
3.5
  Third Amendment to Clear Channel’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2000).
 
   
4.1
  Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays, B.J. McCombs, John M. Schaefer and John W. Barger, dated August 3, 1998 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.2
  Waiver and Second Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated August 17, 1998 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.3
  Waiver and Third Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated July 26, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.4
  Waiver and Fourth Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated September 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.5
  Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays, B. J. McCombs, John M. Schaefer and John W. Barger, dated May 31, 1977 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-289161) dated April 19, 1984).
 
   
4.6
  Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).
 
   
4.7
  Second Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).

102



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
4.8
  Third Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).
 
   
4.9
  Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated September 12, 2000, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000).
 
   
4.10
  Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated October 26, 2001, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
 
   
4.11
  Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated January 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
4.12
  Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated March 17, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2003).
 
   
4.13
  Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 2, 2003).
 
   
4.14
  Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 21, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2003).
 
   
4.15
  Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture dated November 5, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2003).
 
   
4.16
  Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2003).
 
   
4.17
  Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated September 15, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 15, 2004).
 
   
4.18
  Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated November 22, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2004).

103



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
4.19
  Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 13, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2004).
 
   
4.20
  Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated March 21, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2006).
 
   
4.21
  Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated August 15, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 16, 2006).
 
   
10.1
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated November 20, 1995).
 
   
10.2
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1994 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated November 20, 1995).
 
   
10.3
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive 14A Proxy Statement dated March 24, 1998).
 
   
10.4
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.5
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive 14A Proxy Statement dated March 20, 2001).
 
   
10.6
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement for a Stock Option with a Ten Year Term (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.7
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement for a Stock Option with a Seven Year Term (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.8
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.9
  Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 2, 1999, among Clear Channel and Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Equity Fund II, L.P., HM2/HMW, L.P., HM2/Chancellor, L.P., HM4/Chancellor, L.P., Capstar Broadcasting Partners, L.P., Capstar BT Partners, L.P., Capstar Boston Partners, L.L.C., Thomas O. Hicks, John R. Muse, Charles W. Tate, Jack D. Furst, Michael J. Levitt, Lawrence D. Stuart, Jr., David B Deniger and Dan H. Blanks (incorporated by reference to Annex C to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.’s, Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-32532) dated March 15, 2000).

104



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
10.10
  Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Paul Meyer dated August 5, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 5, 2005).
 
   
10.11
  Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and John Hogan dated February 18, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.12
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and L. Lowry Mays dated March 10 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.13
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Mark P. Mays dated March 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.14
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Randall T. Mays dated March 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.15
  Credit agreement among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Offshore Sub-Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, and certain other lenders dated July 13, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 17, 2004).
 
   
10.16
  Shareholder’s Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and L. Lowry Mays dated March 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.17
  Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., Thomas O. Hicks and certain other shareholders affiliated with Mr. Hicks dated March 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.18
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between L. Lowry Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
10.19
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between Mark P. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
10.20
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between Randall T. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
11
  Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
 
   
12
  Statement re: Computation of Ratios.
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

105



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
24
  Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
 
   
31.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
The Company has not filed long-term debt instruments of its subsidiaries where the total amount under such instruments is less than ten percent of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. However, the Company will furnish a copy of such instruments to the Commission upon request.

106



Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 28, 2007.
         
  CLEAR CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /S/ Mark P. Mays    
    Mark P. Mays   
    Chief Executive Officer   
 
Power of Attorney
     Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Mark P. Mays, Randall T. Mays and Herbert W. Hill, Jr., or any one of them, each of whom may act without joinder of the others, to execute in the name of each such person who is then an officer or director of the Registrant and to file any amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K necessary or advisable to enable the Registrant to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect thereof, which amendments may make such changes in such report as such attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Name   Title   Date
 
  Chairman of the Board   February 28, 2007
       
 
       
  Chief Executive Officer and Director   February 28, 2007
       
 
       
  President and Chief Financial
Officer and Secretary (Principal
Financial Officer) and Director
  February 28, 2007
 
       
  Senior Vice President and Chief
Accounting Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)
  February 28, 2007
 
       
  Director   February 28, 2007
       
 
       
/S/ Perry J. Lewis
Perry J. Lewis
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
       
/S/ B. J. McCombs
B. J. McCombs
  Director   February 28, 2007

 



Table of Contents

         
Name   Title   Date
 
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
       
/S/ Theodore H. Strauss
Theodore H. Strauss
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
       
/S/ J.C. Watts
J. C. Watts
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
       
/S/ John H. Williams
John H. Williams
  Director   February 28, 2007
 
       
/S/ John B. Zachry
John B. Zachry
  Director   February 28, 2007

 



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
2.1
  Agreement and Plan of Merger among BT Triple Crown Merger Co., Inc., B Triple Crown Finco, LLC, T Triple Crown Finco, LLC and Clear Channel Communications, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2006 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
3.1
  Current Articles of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333-33371) dated September 9, 1997).
 
   
3.2
  Sixth Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2005).
 
   
3.3
  Amendment to the Company’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1998).
 
   
3.4
  Second Amendment to Clear Channel’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 1999).
 
   
3.5
  Third Amendment to Clear Channel’s Articles of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2000).
 
   
4.1
  Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays, B.J. McCombs, John M. Schaefer and John W. Barger, dated August 3, 1998 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.2
  Waiver and Second Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated August 17, 1998 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.3
  Waiver and Third Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated July 26, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.4
  Waiver and Fourth Agreement Concerning Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays and B.J. McCombs, dated September 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Schedule 13-D/A, dated October 10, 2002).
 
   
4.5
  Buy-Sell Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc., L. Lowry Mays, B. J. McCombs, John M. Schaefer and John W. Barger, dated May 31, 1977 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Reg. No. 33-289161) dated April 19, 1984).
 
   
4.6
  Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997).
 
   
4.7
  Second Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).
 
   
4.8
  Third Supplemental Indenture dated June 16, 1998 to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and

 



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
  between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and the Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 27, 1998).
 
   
4.9
  Ninth Supplemental Indenture dated September 12, 2000, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2000).
 
   
4.10
  Tenth Supplemental Indenture dated October 26, 2001, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2001).
 
   
4.11
  Eleventh Supplemental Indenture dated January 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
4.12
  Twelfth Supplemental Indenture dated March 17, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 18, 2003).
 
   
4.13
  Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 1, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 2, 2003).
 
   
4.14
  Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture dated May 21, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2003).
 
   
4.15
  Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture dated November 5, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 14, 2003).
 
   
4.16
  Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 9, 2003, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2003).
 
   
4.17
  Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture dated September 15, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 15, 2004).
 
   
4.18
  Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture dated November 22, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2004).

 



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
4.19
  Nineteenth Supplemental Indenture dated December 13, 2004, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 13, 2004).
 
   
4.20
  Twentieth Supplemental Indenture dated March 21, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 21, 2006).
 
   
4.21
  Twenty-first Supplemental Indenture dated August 15, 2006, to Senior Indenture dated October 1, 1997, by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 16, 2006).
 
   
10.1
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1994 Incentive Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated November 20, 1995).
 
   
10.2
  Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1994 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated November 20, 1995).
 
   
10.3
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 1998 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive 14A Proxy Statement dated March 24, 1998).
 
   
10.4
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002).
 
   
10.5
  The Clear Channel Communications, Inc. 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive 14A Proxy Statement dated March 20, 2001).
 
   
10.6
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement for a Stock Option with a Ten Year Term (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.7
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement for a Stock Option with a Seven Year Term (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.8
  Form of 2001 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 12, 2005).
 
   
10.9
  Registration Rights Agreement dated as of October 2, 1999, among Clear Channel and Hicks, Muse, Tate & Furst Equity Fund II, L.P., HM2/HMW, L.P., HM2/Chancellor, L.P., HM4/Chancellor, L.P., Capstar Broadcasting Partners, L.P., Capstar BT Partners, L.P., Capstar Boston Partners, L.L.C., Thomas O. Hicks, John R. Muse, Charles W. Tate, Jack D. Furst, Michael J. Levitt, Lawrence D. Stuart, Jr., David B Deniger and Dan H. Blanks (incorporated by reference to Annex C to Clear Channel Communications, Inc.’s, Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Reg. No. 333-32532) dated March 15, 2000).
 
10.10
  Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Paul Meyer dated

 



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
 
  August 5, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 5, 2005).
 
   
10.11
  Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and John Hogan dated February 18, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.12
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and L. Lowry Mays dated March 10 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.13
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Mark P. Mays dated March 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.14
  Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and Randall T. Mays dated March 10, 2005 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 11, 2005).
 
   
10.15
  Credit agreement among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Offshore Sub-Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Syndication Agent, and certain other lenders dated July 13, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 17, 2004).
 
   
10.16
  Shareholder’s Agreement by and between Clear Channel Communications, Inc. and L. Lowry Mays dated March 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.17
  Shareholders’ Agreement by and among Clear Channel Communications, Inc., Thomas O. Hicks and certain other shareholders affiliated with Mr. Hicks dated March 10, 2004 (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 15, 2004).
 
   
10.18
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between L. Lowry Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
10.19
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between Mark P. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
10.20
  Second Amendment to Employment Agreement, dated November 16, 2006, by and between Randall T. Mays and Clear Channel Communications, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the exhibits to Clear Channel’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 16, 2006).
 
   
11
  Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings.
 
   
12
  Statement re: Computation of Ratios.
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the Company.
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

 



Table of Contents

     
Exhibit    
Number   Description
24
  Power of Attorney (included on signature page).
 
   
31.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.1
  Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
32.2
  Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
The Company has not filed long-term debt instruments of its subsidiaries where the total amount under such instruments is less than ten percent of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. However, the Company will furnish a copy of such instruments to the Commission upon request.

 


Dates Referenced Herein   and   Documents Incorporated by Reference

This ‘10-K’ Filing    Date    Other Filings
7/12/09
1/1/08
11/15/07
9/6/07425
4/15/07
3/31/0710-Q
3/21/07
Filed on:3/1/07
2/28/07
2/26/078-K
2/22/07
2/21/07DEFA14A
2/1/07
1/30/07
1/29/07DEFA14A,  DEFM14A
1/22/074
1/15/07
1/11/07
1/1/07
For Period End:12/31/0611-K,  5
12/15/06PREM14A
12/7/068-K
11/22/06
11/16/068-K,  DEFA14A,  DEFR14A,  SC 13D/A
11/14/06
11/1/06
10/25/06
10/15/06
10/12/06
10/5/06
10/1/06
9/30/0610-Q
9/15/06
9/6/06
8/31/06S-3ASR
8/30/06
8/16/068-K
8/15/06
8/2/06
7/25/068-K
7/15/06
7/1/06
6/30/0610-Q
4/26/06DEF 14A
4/19/064
4/15/06
3/31/0610-Q
3/21/068-K
3/9/06
2/14/063,  5,  SC 13G,  SC 13G/A
1/15/06
1/1/06
12/31/0510-K,  11-K,  5
12/21/058-K
12/2/058-K
11/11/054
10/26/05
10/15/05
10/1/05
9/30/0510-Q
8/9/0510-Q,  8-K
8/5/05
7/27/05
7/15/054
7/7/05
6/30/0510-Q
4/26/054,  8-K,  DEF 14A
4/15/054
3/31/0510-Q
3/11/0510-K,  4
3/10/05
2/16/054
2/7/05
2/1/058-K
1/12/054,  8-K
12/31/0410-K,  11-K,  5
12/15/044,  424B5
12/13/048-K
11/22/04
11/17/048-K
10/1/04
9/17/044,  424B5,  8-K
9/15/044,  8-K
9/3/04
7/13/04
3/15/0410-K,  4
3/10/044
2/25/044,  4/A,  8-K
2/18/044
12/31/0310-K,  11-K,  5
12/10/034,  8-K,  S-3
12/9/034
11/14/034,  8-K
11/5/034,  8-K
9/9/03
6/5/03
5/22/038-K
5/21/03
5/2/0310-Q,  8-K
5/1/03
3/18/038-K
3/17/03
1/9/03
12/31/0210-K,  11-K,  5
10/10/02SC 13D/A
9/27/02
7/26/02
10/26/01SC 13D
9/30/0110-Q
9/11/01
8/5/01
3/20/0110-K,  DEF 14A
9/30/0010-Q,  10-Q/A
9/12/00
5/31/00
3/15/00S-4
10/2/998-K
3/31/9910-Q
9/30/9810-Q
8/27/988-K
8/17/98
8/3/98
6/16/98
3/24/98
10/1/97
9/30/9710-Q
9/9/97S-3/A
11/5/96
11/20/95S-8
 List all Filings 


5 Subsequent Filings that Reference this Filing

  As Of               Filer                 Filing    For·On·As Docs:Size             Issuer                      Filing Agent

 7/27/07  SEC                               UPLOAD9/18/17    1:38K  iHeartCommunications, Inc.
 6/20/07  SEC                               UPLOAD9/18/17    1:45K  iHeartCommunications, Inc.
 5/23/07  SEC                               UPLOAD9/18/17    1:65K  iHeartCommunications, Inc.
 4/27/07  SEC                               UPLOAD9/18/17    1:42K  iHeartCommunications, Inc.
 3/28/07  SEC                               UPLOAD9/18/17    1:59K  iHeartCommunications, Inc.
Top
Filing Submission 0000950134-07-004539   –   Alternative Formats (Word / Rich Text, HTML, Plain Text, et al.)

Copyright © 2024 Fran Finnegan & Company LLC – All Rights Reserved.
AboutPrivacyRedactionsHelp — Thu., Mar. 28, 11:18:13.1am ET